[go: up one dir, main page]

TWI891272B - Payment processing system, payment processing method, and payment processing program - Google Patents

Payment processing system, payment processing method, and payment processing program

Info

Publication number
TWI891272B
TWI891272B TW113108222A TW113108222A TWI891272B TW I891272 B TWI891272 B TW I891272B TW 113108222 A TW113108222 A TW 113108222A TW 113108222 A TW113108222 A TW 113108222A TW I891272 B TWI891272 B TW I891272B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
user
information
aforementioned
payment
remittance
Prior art date
Application number
TW113108222A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TW202514467A (en
Inventor
Original Assignee
日商樂天集團股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商樂天集團股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商樂天集團股份有限公司
Publication of TW202514467A publication Critical patent/TW202514467A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI891272B publication Critical patent/TWI891272B/en

Links

Landscapes

  • Financial Or Insurance-Related Operations Such As Payment And Settlement (AREA)
  • Management, Administration, Business Operations System, And Electronic Commerce (AREA)

Abstract

[課題] 在由複數個使用者來支付費用的情況下,可讓使用者先得知要支付給其他使用者的金額然後才選擇匯款。 [解決手段] 支付處理裝置,係接收結帳要求資訊,其係表示,利用了隸屬於使用者之團體的任一第1使用者所利用之第1終端裝置的結帳之要求。支付處理裝置,係在隨應於結帳要求資訊而被結帳的費用之中,將要向隸屬於團體的第2使用者進行請款的負擔金之金額,加以取得。支付處理裝置,係將表示負擔金之金額的負擔金額資訊,發送至第2使用者所利用的第2終端裝置。支付處理裝置,係隨應於已經接收了負擔金額資訊的第2終端裝置受理了匯款之操作,而從第2終端裝置接收表示匯款之要求的匯款要求資訊。支付處理裝置,係隨應於匯款要求資訊被接收,而執行從第2使用者往第1使用者將負擔金進行匯款之處理。 [Topic] When multiple users pay for a fee, users can first be informed of the amount to be paid to other users before making a payment. [Solution] A payment processing device receives payment request information indicating a payment request from a first terminal device used by a first user belonging to a user group. The payment processing device obtains the amount of the share to be charged to a second user belonging to the group for the fee paid in response to the payment request information. The payment processing device then transmits payment amount information indicating the amount of the share to a second terminal device used by the second user. In response to the second terminal device, which has received the payment amount information, accepting the payment request, the payment processing device receives remittance request information indicating a remittance request from the second terminal device. In response to receiving the remittance request information, the payment processing device executes a remittance process to transfer the payment amount from the second user to the first user.

Description

支付處理裝置、支付處理方法、及支付處理程式Payment processing device, payment processing method, and payment processing program

本發明係有關於,進行由複數個使用者來支付費用所需之支援的方法。 The present invention relates to a method for providing support for payment by multiple users.

在以團體來利用設施或購入什麼的情況下,該團體有時會以分攤付款等來支付費用。先前,用來支援此種支付的技術,已為人知。 When a group uses a facility or purchases something, the group sometimes pays for the cost through a split payment or other means. Technologies for supporting such payments are already known.

例如,專利文獻1中係揭露,進行由複數人用攜帶型終端所進行之複數個結帳之分攤付款清算的技術。於該技術中,使用者A,係預先設定包含使用者A與使用者B的團體。藉由使用者A所致之結帳操作,使用者A的終端係向伺服器發送結帳資訊,伺服器係將關於團體內之結帳的支出金及分攤金加以計算。又,藉由使用者B所致之結帳操作,使用者B的終端也會向伺服器發送結帳資訊,伺服器係同樣地計算支出金及分攤金。隨應於使用者 A所致之分攤付款計算之要求,伺服器係計算各使用者的支出合計與分攤合計,將要進行分攤付款支付之意旨的通知,發送至使用者B的終端。使用者B的終端,係顯示出要進行分攤付款支付之意旨的畫面。一旦使用者B認可分攤付款支付,伺服器係算出各使用者的互抵金額,基於互抵金額來進行團體之使用者間的匯款。 For example, Patent Document 1 discloses a technology for distributing payments across multiple checkouts performed by multiple users using portable terminals. In this technology, user A pre-configures a group consisting of user A and user B. When user A performs a checkout, user A's terminal sends checkout information to a server, which calculates the payout and share for the group. Similarly, when user B performs a checkout, user B's terminal also sends checkout information to the server, which similarly calculates the payout and share. In response to a request from User A for a split payment, the server calculates each user's total expenditure and the split total, and sends a notification to User B's terminal indicating the split payment is about to be made. User B's terminal displays a screen indicating the split payment is about to be made. Once User B approves the split payment, the server calculates the offset amount for each user and transfers funds between the group users based on the offset amount.

[先前技術文獻] [Prior Art Literature] [專利文獻] [Patent Literature]

[專利文獻1]日本特開2020-166365公報 [Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2020-166365

然而,變成要對團體內之其他使用者進行匯款的使用者,除非等到匯款實際被執行,否則無法得知該名使用者是否會進行匯款。作為使用者,係會有想要先得知應支付給其他使用者的金額然後才選擇匯款的情況。 However, if a user wishes to transfer funds to another user within the group, there's no way to know whether the transfer will actually proceed until the transfer is actually executed. As a user, there are situations where you might want to know the amount you owe to another user before you make the transfer.

本發明係有鑑於以上的點而研發,其課題之一例在於提供一種,在由複數個使用者來支付費用的情況下,可讓使用者先得知支付給其他使用者的金額然後才選擇匯款的支付處理裝置、支付處理方法、及支付處理程式。 The present invention was developed in light of the above considerations. One example of its subject matter is to provide a payment processing device, payment processing method, and payment processing program that, when multiple users are paying for a fee, allows each user to first know the amount to be paid to other users and then choose to transfer the funds.

為了解決上記課題,請求項1所記載之發明,其特徵為,具備:結帳要求資訊收訊手段,係用以接收結帳要求資訊,其係表示:利用了隸屬於使用者之團體的任一第1使用者所利用之第1終端裝置的結帳,且為要由前記第1使用者來進行支付之費用的結帳之要求;和負擔金額取得手段,係用以取得:隨應於前記已被接收之結帳要求資訊而被結帳的前記費用之中,要向隸屬於前記團體的第2使用者且為異於前記第1使用者的第2使用者進行請款的負擔金之金額;和負擔金額資訊送訊手段,係用以將表示前記已被取得之負擔金之金額的負擔金額資訊,發送至前記第2使用者所利用的第2終端裝置;和匯款要求資訊收訊手段,係用以隨應於已經接收了前記所被發送之負擔金額資訊的前記第2終端裝置受理了匯款之操作,而從前記第2終端裝置接收表示匯款之要求的匯款要求資訊;和匯款手段,係用以隨應於前記匯款要求資訊被前記匯款要求資訊收訊手段所接收,而執行從前記第2使用者往前記第1使用者將前記負擔金進行匯款之處理。 In order to solve the above-mentioned problem, the invention described in claim 1 is characterized by comprising: a billing request information receiving means for receiving billing request information, which indicates a billing request for a charge to be paid by the first user using a first terminal device used by any first user belonging to a user group; and a share amount obtaining means for obtaining: an amount of share to be charged to a second user belonging to the first user and being different from the first user, of the previous charge settled in response to the previously received billing request information; and a share amount obtaining means. The amount information transmitting means is used to transmit the amount information indicating the amount of the previously acquired liability to the second terminal device used by the previously mentioned second user; the remittance request information receiving means is used to receive remittance request information indicating a remittance request from the previously mentioned second terminal device in response to the previously mentioned second terminal device accepting the remittance operation after receiving the previously transmitted amount information; and the remittance means is used to execute a remittance process of the previously mentioned liability from the previously mentioned second user to the previously mentioned first user in response to the previously mentioned remittance request information being received by the previously mentioned remittance request information receiving means.

若依據此發明,則費用是利用隸屬於團體之第1使用者的第1終端裝置,而被結帳。藉此,就會變成先由第1使用者來支付費用。其後,所被結帳之費用之中,表示隸屬於該團體之第2使用者所需負擔部分之金額的負擔金額資訊,會被發送至第2使用者所利用的第2終端裝置。因此,第2使用者係可獲知負擔金額。然後,第2使用者係藉由對第2終端裝置進行操作,負擔金就會從第2使用 者被匯款至第1使用者。因此,在由複數個使用者來支付費用的情況下,可讓使用者先得知要支付給其他使用者的金額然後才選擇匯款。 According to this invention, charges are settled using the first terminal device of a first user belonging to a group. This means that the first user pays the charges first. Subsequently, the amount of the charge that a second user belonging to the group must pay is sent to the second terminal device used by the second user. This allows the second user to know the amount of the charge. The second user then operates the second terminal device, and the amount of the charge is transferred from the second user to the first user. Therefore, when multiple users pay for a charge, each user can first know the amount to be paid to the other users and then choose to transfer the funds.

請求項2所記載之發明,其特徵為,隨應於前記已被接收之結帳要求資訊而被結帳的前記費用,係為對某種設施而被支付的費用;還具備:位置關係資訊取得手段,係用以取得位置關係資訊,其係表示前記第1終端裝置、與異於前記第1終端裝置的至少一個終端裝置各者之間的位置關係,且前記位置關係資訊係含有表示前記第1終端裝置之位置的第1位置資訊;和特定手段,係用以在前記至少一個終端裝置之中,將根據前記已被取得之位置關係資訊而被表示為,前記第1終端裝置位於前記設施中之時的前記位置關係是呈現所定位置關係的終端裝置的利用使用者,特定成為隸屬於前記團體的前記第2使用者。 The invention described in claim 2 is characterized in that the previously recorded fee settled in response to the previously received billing request information is a fee paid for a certain facility; and further comprises: a position relationship information acquisition means for acquiring position relationship information, which is used to obtain position relationship information representing the position relationship between the previously recorded first terminal device and at least one terminal device different from the previously recorded first terminal device, and the previously recorded position relationship information The information includes first location information indicating the location of the aforementioned first terminal device; and identifying means for identifying, among at least one of the aforementioned terminal devices, a user of the terminal device whose aforementioned location relationship, based on the previously acquired location relationship information, is indicated as exhibiting the predetermined location relationship when the aforementioned first terminal device is located within the aforementioned facility, as a previously mentioned second user belonging to the aforementioned group.

若依據此發明,表示第1終端裝置與其他終端裝置之位置關係的位置關係資訊,會被取得。終端裝置間的位置關係,係有可能是利用這些終端裝置的使用者間的位置關係。然後,第1使用者位於所被結帳之費用之支付對象之設施中之時的與第1使用者之間的位置關係是呈現所定位置關係的使用者,會被特定成為與第1使用者隸屬於同一團體的第2使用者。位置關係是呈現所定位置關係的第1使用者及第2使用者之使用者,係有正在一起利用設施的可能性,因此,把第1使用者所支付過的費用之至少一部分由第2使用者來負擔,係有可能是妥當的。因 此,就算使用者未進行設定團體的作業,仍可特定出隸屬於利用了設施之團體的使用者。 According to this invention, location relationship information indicating the location relationship between a first terminal device and other terminal devices is acquired. The location relationship between the terminal devices may be the location relationship between the users utilizing those terminal devices. A user whose location relationship with the first user exhibits the specified location relationship while the first user is at the facility for which the charges are to be paid is then identified as a second user belonging to the same group as the first user. Since the first and second users exhibiting the specified location relationship may be utilizing the facility together, it may be appropriate for the second user to bear at least a portion of the charges paid by the first user. Therefore, even if the user has not set a group, users belonging to the group utilizing the facility can be identified.

請求項3所記載之發明,其特徵為,前記特定手段,係以前記第1位置資訊是表示前記第1終端裝置位於前記設施中達到所定時間以上為條件,而將前記第2使用者加以特定。 The invention described in claim 3 is characterized in that the aforementioned identifying means identifies the aforementioned second user on the condition that the aforementioned first location information indicates that the aforementioned first terminal device has been located in the aforementioned facility for a predetermined period of time or longer.

若依據此發明,第1使用者位於設施中達所定時間以上的情況下,與第1使用者隸屬於同一團體的第2使用者,會被特定。有時候,使用者為了利用設施,使用者就必須位於該設施中長達相應之時間。因此,可將第1使用者正在利用設施之可能性為高的狀況加以特定,然後將與第1使用者正在一起利用設施之可能性為高的第2使用者加以特定。 According to this invention, if a first user is present in a facility for a predetermined period of time or longer, a second user belonging to the same group as the first user can be identified. Sometimes, in order to use a facility, a user must be present for a certain period of time. Therefore, situations where the first user is likely to be using the facility can be identified, and second users who are likely to be using the facility together with the first user can be identified.

請求項4所記載之發明,其特徵為,前記特定手段,係在前記至少一個終端裝置之中,將前記第1終端裝置位於前記設施外之時的與前記第1終端裝置之間的前記位置關係是呈現所定位置關係的終端裝置的利用使用者之中,特定出前記第2使用者。 The invention recited in claim 4 is characterized in that the aforementioned identifying means identifies the aforementioned second user from among users of the terminal devices whose aforementioned positional relationship with the aforementioned first terminal device when the aforementioned first terminal device is located outside the aforementioned facility.

若依據此發明,就算是第1使用者位於設施內之時的位置關係是呈現所定位置關係的使用者,但當第1使用者位於設施外之時的位置關係並非呈現所定位置關係的使用者,就有不會被特定成為與第1使用者隸屬於同一團體的第2使用者的情況。因此,雖然碰巧在設施中與第1使用者在一起,可是在設施外並沒有和第1使用者一起 行動的使用者,就可將其排除在與第1使用者隸屬於同一團體的第2使用者之外。 According to this invention, even if the first user's locational relationship with the user exhibits a predetermined locational relationship while inside the facility, the first user's locational relationship with the user outside the facility is not such that the second user is identified as belonging to the same group as the first user. Therefore, a user who happens to be with the first user inside the facility but does not travel with the first user outside the facility can be excluded from the second user belonging to the same group as the first user.

請求項5所記載之發明,其特徵為,前記所被取得之位置關係資訊係還含有:表示前記第1終端裝置與前記至少一個終端裝置各者之間的無線通訊之狀況的通訊狀況資訊;前記特定手段,係基於前記通訊狀況資訊,而將前記第1終端裝置與前記至少一個終端裝置各者的前記位置關係,加以特定。 The invention recited in claim 5 is characterized in that the acquired location relationship information further includes communication status information indicating the status of wireless communication between the first terminal device and each of the at least one terminal devices; and the identifying means identifies the location relationship between the first terminal device and each of the at least one terminal devices based on the communication status information.

若依據此發明,則會基於終端裝置間的無線通訊之狀況,而特定出這些終端裝置間的位置關係。例如,對於從某台終端裝置以無線而被發送之訊號的其他終端裝置所致之收訊之狀況,係有可能會因為這些終端裝置間的位置關係而受到影響。因此,可適切地特定出使用者間的位置關係。 According to this invention, the locational relationships between terminal devices can be identified based on the status of wireless communication between these terminal devices. For example, the reception of a signal wirelessly transmitted from one terminal device by other terminal devices may be affected by the locational relationships between these terminal devices. Therefore, the locational relationships between users can be accurately identified.

請求項6所記載之發明,其特徵為,前記至少一個終端裝置各者,係以無線發送所定訊號;前記通訊狀況資訊係表示,將抵達前記第1終端裝置之前記所定訊號予以發送過來的終端裝置;前記特定手段,係從將抵達前記第1終端裝置之前記所定訊號予以發送過來的前記終端裝置的利用使用者之中,特定出前記第2使用者。 The invention recited in claim 6 is characterized in that each of the aforementioned at least one terminal device transmits a predetermined signal wirelessly; the aforementioned communication status information indicates the terminal device from which the predetermined signal was transmitted before reaching the aforementioned first terminal device; and the aforementioned identifying means identifies the aforementioned second user from among users of the aforementioned terminal device from which the predetermined signal was transmitted before reaching the aforementioned first terminal device.

若依據此發明,則各終端裝置係以無線來發送所定訊號。這些終端裝置之中,所發送之所定訊號已抵達至第1終端裝置的終端裝置的利用使用者之中,與第1使用者隸屬於同一團體的第2使用者,會被特定出來。位於 所定訊號抵達範圍內的使用者間的位置關係,係為這些使用者容易以團體來行動之位置關係的可能性為高。因此,可適切地特定出與第1使用者一起利用設施的第2使用者。 According to this invention, each terminal device wirelessly transmits a predetermined signal. Among the users of these terminal devices whose transmitted predetermined signal has reached the first terminal device, a second user belonging to the same group as the first user is identified. The location relationship between users within the reach of the predetermined signal is highly likely to indicate that these users tend to move around as a group. Therefore, the second user who utilizes the facility with the first user can be accurately identified.

請求項7所記載之發明,其特徵為,還具備:匯款履歷資訊取得手段,係用以取得匯款履歷資訊,其係表示可將匯款來源及匯款目標之各個使用者加以識別的匯款履歷,且前記第1使用者係為前記匯款來源及前記匯款目標之其中任一者的匯款履歷;前記特定手段,係基於前記已被取得之位置關係資訊及前記已被取得之匯款履歷資訊,而將前記第2使用者加以特定。 The invention recited in claim 7 is characterized by further comprising: remittance history information acquisition means for acquiring remittance history information representing remittance history that can identify each user of a remittance source and a remittance destination, wherein the aforementioned first user is the remittance history of either the aforementioned remittance source or the aforementioned remittance destination; and aforementioned identifying means for identifying the aforementioned second user based on the aforementioned location relationship information and the aforementioned remittance history information.

若依據此發明,則還會使用表示使用者間之匯款之履歷的匯款履歷資訊,而特定出與第1使用者隸屬於同一團體的第2使用者。與第1使用者之間進行匯款的使用者,係為與第1使用者一起行動之使用者的可能性為高。因此,可適切地特定出與第1使用者一起利用設施的第2使用者。 According to this invention, remittance history information indicating the history of remittances between users can be used to identify a second user who belongs to the same group as the first user. The user who remitted money to the first user is likely to have been traveling with the first user. Therefore, the second user who used the facility with the first user can be accurately identified.

請求項8所記載之發明,係為請求項7所記載之支付裝置,其特徵為,前記所定位置關係係包含:所定之第1位置關係、和異於前記第1位置關係的所定之第2位置關係;前記特定手段,係將與前記第1終端裝置之間的位置關係是呈現前記第1位置關係同時也呈現前記第2位置關係的終端裝置的利用使用者,特定成為隸屬於前記團體的前記第2使用者;前記特定手段,係在與前記第1終端裝置之間的位置關係,是僅呈現前記第1位置關係及前記第2 位置關係之其中任一方之終端裝置的利用使用者與前記第1使用者之間存在有匯款之事實的情況下,將該使用者,特定成為隸屬於前記團體的前記第2使用者。 The invention described in claim 8 is a payment device described in claim 7, characterized in that the positional relationship described in the preceding paragraph includes: a predetermined first positional relationship, and a predetermined second positional relationship different from the predetermined first positional relationship; and the predetermined specific means described in the preceding paragraph is to cause a user of a terminal device whose positional relationship with the predetermined first terminal device is such that the terminal device presents the predetermined first positional relationship and also presents the predetermined second positional relationship. , specifically identified as the aforementioned second user belonging to the aforementioned group; the aforementioned identifying means is to identify the user as the aforementioned second user belonging to the aforementioned group only if the location relationship between the user and the aforementioned first terminal device is such that there is a fact of money transfer between the user who uses the terminal device of either the aforementioned first location relationship or the aforementioned second location relationship and the aforementioned first user.

若依據此發明,則至少滿足2個位置關係之條件的使用者,係被特定成為與第1使用者隸屬於同一團體的第2使用者。而另一方面,只滿足這些條件之中任一方之條件的使用者,也仍有可能是與第1使用者隸屬於同一團體的第2使用者。於是,在此種使用者與第1使用者之間有進行匯款的情況下,該使用者係被特定成為第2使用者。因此,可適切地特定出與第1使用者一起利用設施的第2使用者。 According to this invention, a user who meets at least two location-related conditions is identified as a second user belonging to the same group as the first user. On the other hand, a user who meets only one of these conditions may still be a second user belonging to the same group as the first user. Therefore, if such a user transfers money with the first user, that user is identified as the second user. This allows for the precise identification of a second user who utilizes a facility with the first user.

請求項9所記載之發明,其特徵為,還具備:請款對象資訊送訊手段,係用以將表示前記已被特定之第2使用者的請款對象資訊,發送至前記第1終端裝置;和編輯請款對象資訊取得手段,係隨應於前記第1終端裝置受理了用來編輯藉由前記已被發送之請款對象資訊而被表示之前記第2使用者的操作,而將表示前記編輯後之前記第2使用者的編輯請款對象資訊,加以取得;前記負擔金額取得手段,係針對被前記已被取得之編輯請款對象資訊所表示的前記第2使用者,而將前記負擔金之金額,加以取得;前記負擔金額資訊送訊手段,係向被前記已被取得之編輯請款對象資訊所表示的前記第2使用者所利用的前記第2終端裝置,發送前記負擔金額資訊。 The invention described in claim 9 is characterized in that it further comprises: a means for sending payment object information, which is used to send the payment object information indicating the second user specified in the previous record to the first terminal device of the previous record; and a means for obtaining the payment object information after editing, which is used to edit the payment object information sent by the previous record and indicated by the second user of the previous record in response to the first terminal device of the previous record accepting the operation of the second user of the previous record. The previously recorded payment target information of the second user is obtained; the previously recorded liability amount obtaining means obtains the previously recorded liability amount for the previously recorded second user indicated by the previously recorded payment target information; and the previously recorded liability amount information transmitting means transmits the previously recorded liability amount information to the previously recorded second terminal device used by the previously recorded second user indicated by the previously recorded payment target information.

若依據此發明,則已被支付裝置特定成為與 第1使用者隸屬於同一團體的第2使用者的使用者,第1使用者係可編輯之。例如,或許可以追加或刪除第2使用者。 According to this invention, a user identified by a payment device as a second user belonging to the same group as the first user can be edited by the first user. For example, the second user may be added or deleted.

請求項10所記載之發明,其特徵為,前記所定位置關係係為,前記第1使用者與前記第2使用者是以前記團體的方式來利用設施時才會看到的位置關係,且為前記第1終端裝置與前記第2終端裝置的位置關係。 The invention recited in claim 10 is characterized in that the aforementioned positional relationship is a positional relationship that is visible only when the aforementioned first user and the aforementioned second user utilize the facility as a group, and is a positional relationship between the aforementioned first terminal device and the aforementioned second terminal device.

請求項11所記載之發明,其特徵為,還具備:賦予手段,係用以隨應於前記匯款之處理已被前記匯款手段所執行,而執行向前記第1使用者及前記第2使用者之其中至少任一方賦予贈禮之處理。 The invention described in claim 11 is characterized by further comprising: a granting means for granting a gift to at least one of the first user and the second user in response to the aforementioned remittance processing having been performed by the aforementioned remittance means.

若依據此發明,一旦負擔金從第2使用者被匯款至第1使用者,就會向第1使用者及第2使用者之其中至少任一方,賦予贈禮。因此,可促進使用者進行分攤付款所需之匯款。 According to this invention, once the burden is transferred from the second user to the first user, a gift is given to at least one of the first and second users. This can encourage users to transfer the funds required for the shared payment.

請求項12所記載之發明,其特徵為,前記賦予手段,係將前記負擔金之金額所相應之價值的前記贈禮,賦予給前記第2使用者。 The invention described in claim 12 is characterized in that the means for granting the pre-credit is to grant the pre-credit gift of a value corresponding to the amount of the pre-credit contribution to the second user.

若依據此發明,則第2使用者的負擔金額越高,就越能夠促進第2使用者進行匯款。 According to this invention, the higher the amount of money the second user bears, the more likely it is that the second user will be encouraged to make a remittance.

請求項13所記載之發明,其特徵為,前記所被結帳之費用係為,前記第1使用者利用任一第1設施之際,對前記第1設施而由前記第1使用者所支付的費用;前記賦予手段,係在異於前記第1設施的設施之中,將可在 位於距離前記第1設施所定範圍內之第2設施中做利用的贈禮,賦予給前記第2使用者。 The invention set forth in claim 13 is characterized in that the charges charged are charges paid by the first user for the first facility when the first user utilizes any of the first facilities; and the granting means grants the second user a gift of the right to use a second facility, other than the first facility, that is located within a predetermined range from the first facility.

若依據此發明,就會賦予能夠在位於從團體所利用之第1設施起算所定範圍內之第2設施中做利用的贈禮。由於團體位於第1設施中,因此是位於容易移動至第2設施的場所。因此,可促進第2設施之利用。 This invention provides a gift of access to a second facility within a specified range from the first facility used by a group. Since the group is located in the first facility, it is easily accessible to the second facility. This can promote the use of the second facility.

請求項14所記載之發明,其特徵為,前記所被結帳之費用係為,前記第1使用者利用任一設施之際,對前記設施而由前記第1使用者所支付的費用;前記賦予手段,係將可在前記設施中做利用的贈禮,賦予給前記第2使用者。 The invention described in claim 14 is characterized in that the charges charged are fees paid by the first user for the facilities mentioned above when the first user uses any of the facilities mentioned above, and the granting means mentioned above grants the second user a gift of the right to use the facilities mentioned above.

若依據此發明,則可促進設施的再利用。 If this invention is made, the reuse of facilities can be promoted.

請求項15所記載之發明,其特徵為,前記賦予手段,係將扣除了前記已被取得之負擔金之金額之後的前記費用之金額所相應之價值的前記贈禮,賦予給前記第1使用者。 The invention described in claim 15 is characterized in that the means for granting the credit is to grant the first user a credit gift corresponding to the amount of the credit after deducting the amount of the credit already acquired.

若依據此發明,則第1使用者的負擔金額越高,就越能夠促進第1使用者進行分攤付款所需之匯款為可能之結帳。 According to this invention, the higher the amount of money the first user bears, the more likely it is that the first user will be able to make the necessary remittances to split the payment.

請求項16所記載之發明,其特徵為,前記匯款手段係執行,將前記負擔金以所定電子貨幣進行匯款的前記處理;前記賦予手段,係在前記匯款手段所致之前記匯款,是前記第2使用者所致之前記所定電子貨幣的首次利用的情況下,將前記贈禮賦予給前記第1使用者。 The invention described in claim 16 is characterized in that the pre-credit remittance means performs a pre-credit processing to remit the pre-credit liability in a specified electronic currency; and the pre-credit granting means grants a pre-credit gift to the first user if the pre-credit remittance resulting from the pre-credit remittance means is the first use of the specified electronic currency by the second user.

若依據此發明,則到目前為止都未曾利用過所定電子貨幣的第2使用者,在從第2使用者往第1使用者之匯款中才首次利用所定電子貨幣的情況下,就會對第1使用者賦予贈禮。因此,藉由促進第1使用者進行分攤付款所需之匯款為可能之結帳,就可促進所定電子貨幣之利用。 According to this invention, if a second user who has never used a given electronic currency uses the given electronic currency for the first time in a remittance from the second user to the first user, a gift will be given to the first user. Therefore, by facilitating settlements that allow the first user to make remittances required for split payments, the use of the given electronic currency can be promoted.

請求項17所記載之發明,其特徵為,前記負擔金額取得手段,係將前記第1使用者之負擔金之金額及前記第2使用者之負擔金之金額,分別決定成前記第1使用者之年齡及前記第2使用者之年齡所相應之金額;前記負擔金額資訊送訊手段,係將表示已被前記負擔金額取得手段針對前記第2使用者所決定之前記負擔金之金額的前記負擔金額資訊,予以發送。 The invention described in claim 17 is characterized in that the means for obtaining the amount of the previous contribution is configured to determine the amount of the contribution of the first user and the amount of the contribution of the second user as amounts corresponding to the ages of the first user and the second user, respectively; and the means for transmitting information on the amount of the previous contribution is configured to transmit information on the amount of the previous contribution, indicating the amount of the previous contribution determined for the second user by the means for obtaining the amount of the previous contribution.

若依據此發明,則各使用者的年齡越高,負擔金就為越高。因此,可令各使用者負擔與年齡相應之額度的金額。 According to this invention, the older the user, the higher the payment. Therefore, each user can be required to pay an amount corresponding to their age.

請求項18所記載之發明,其特徵為,還具備:第2負擔金額資訊送訊手段,係用以將表示前記已被取得之負擔金之金額的第2負擔金額資訊,發送至前記第1終端裝置;和變更負擔金額資訊取得手段,係用以隨應於前記第1終端裝置受理了用來變更藉由前記已被發送之第2負擔金額資訊而被表示之前記負擔金之金額的操作,而將表示前記變更後之前記負擔金之金額的變更負擔金額資訊,加以取得;前記負擔金額資訊送訊手段,係將前記已 被取得之變更負擔金額資訊,當作前記負擔金額資訊而予以發送。 The invention described in claim 18 is characterized by further comprising: a second burden amount information transmission means for transmitting the second burden amount information indicating the amount of the burden obtained in the foregoing to the foregoing first terminal device; and a burden amount change information acquisition means for receiving the burden amount information change in response to the foregoing first terminal device accepting the burden amount information change. The previously transmitted second liability amount information is used to represent the previously transmitted liability amount, and the changed liability amount information representing the previously transmitted liability amount after the previous record is changed is obtained. The previously transmitted liability amount information transmitting means transmits the previously transmitted changed liability amount information as the previously transmitted liability amount information.

若依據此發明,則可將支付裝置所取得的負擔金額,根據第1使用者之判斷而加以變更。 According to this invention, the payment amount received by the payment device can be changed based on the first user's judgment.

請求項19所記載之發明,其特徵為,還具備:預約資訊取得手段,係用以取得預約資訊,其係表示,前記第1使用者對於為了旅行而可在該旅行中做利用之服務所做的預約;和判定手段,係用以基於前記已被取得之預約資訊而分別判定:前記第1使用者在前記旅行中是否已藉由前記結帳要求資訊收訊手段而接收到前記結帳要求資訊、與前記旅行是否已結束;前記負擔金額取得手段,係在已被前記判定手段判定為,在前記旅行中已被接收之前記結帳要求資訊是有複數個的情況下,將隨應於該複數個結帳要求資訊而被結帳的複數個前記費用之金額之合計所相應之前記負擔金之金額,加以取得;前記負擔金額資訊送訊手段,係在已被前記判定手段判定為前記旅行已結束之後,將表示隨應於前記費用之金額之合計而已被前記負擔金額取得手段所取得之前記負擔金之金額之合計的前記負擔金額資訊,予以發送。 The invention described in claim 19 is characterized in that it further comprises: reservation information acquisition means for acquiring reservation information, which indicates the reservation made by the first user for the service that can be used in the trip; and determination means for determining, based on the reservation information acquired in the previous record, whether the first user has received the previous settlement request information during the previous trip through the previous settlement request information receiving means, and whether the previous trip has ended; and means for acquiring the amount of the previous payment after the previous determination means has received the previous settlement request information. If multiple pre-credit settlement request information has been received for a pre-credited trip, the pre-credit liability amount corresponding to the total of the multiple pre-credit charges settled in response to the multiple settlement request information is obtained. The pre-credit liability amount information transmission means transmits pre-credit liability amount information indicating the total of the pre-credit liability amounts obtained by the pre-credit liability amount acquisition means in response to the total of the pre-credit charges after the pre-credit determination means determines that the pre-credited trip has been completed.

若依據此發明,則可基於旅行所需服務之預約資訊,來判定利用了第1終端的結帳,是否是在第1使用者之旅行中被進行,以及第1使用者之旅行是否已經結束。結帳是在第1使用者之旅行中被進行的情況下,在該時點上,基於分攤付款的匯款所需之處理係不被進行。在 旅行結束後,會針對旅行中所被進行的複數個結帳而加以彙整,進行基於分攤付款的匯款所需之處理。因此,第1使用者所隸屬之團體,係可將旅行中由第1使用者所支付的費用,在旅行後予以彙整然後變成分攤付款。 According to this invention, based on reservation information for travel services, it is possible to determine whether a payment made using the first terminal was made during the first user's trip and whether the first user's trip has concluded. If a payment is made during the first user's trip, the remittance processing required for the split payment is not performed at that time. After the trip concludes, the multiple payments made during the trip are aggregated and the remittance processing required for the split payment is performed. Therefore, the group to which the first user belongs can aggregate the expenses paid by the first user during the trip and convert them into split payments after the trip.

請求項20所記載之發明,係為藉由電腦而被執行的支付方法,其特徵為,具備:結帳要求資訊收訊步驟,係接收結帳要求資訊,其係表示:利用了隸屬於使用者之團體的任一第1使用者所利用之第1終端裝置的結帳,且為要由前記第1使用者來進行支付之費用的結帳之要求;和負擔金額取得步驟,係在隨應於前記已被接收之結帳要求資訊而被結帳的前記費用之中,將要向隸屬於前記團體的第2使用者,且為異於前記第1使用者的第2使用者進行請款的負擔金之金額,加以取得;和負擔金額資訊送訊步驟,係將表示前記已被取得之負擔金之金額的負擔金額資訊,發送至前記第2使用者所利用的第2終端裝置;和匯款要求資訊收訊步驟,係隨應於已經接收了前記所被發送之負擔金額資訊的前記第2終端裝置受理了匯款之操作,而從前記第2終端裝置接收表示匯款之要求的匯款要求資訊;和匯款步驟,係隨應於前記匯款要求資訊被前記匯款要求資訊收訊步驟所接收,而執行從前記第2使用者往前記第1使用者將前記負擔金進行匯款之處理。 The invention described in claim 20 is a payment method executed by a computer, characterized by comprising: a billing request information receiving step for receiving billing request information indicating a billing request for a charge to be paid by the first user using a first terminal device used by any first user belonging to a user group; and a share amount obtaining step for obtaining the share amount to be charged to a second user belonging to the first user, who is different from the first user, out of the previously recorded charges that were settled in response to the previously received billing request information. to obtain; and the burden amount information sending step is to send the burden amount information indicating the amount of the burden obtained in the previous record to the second terminal device used by the second user in the previous record; and the remittance request information receiving step is to receive the burden amount information sent in the previous record in response to the second terminal device in the previous record. The device accepts the remittance operation and receives remittance request information indicating a remittance request from the aforementioned second terminal device; and the remittance step, in response to the aforementioned remittance request information being received by the aforementioned remittance request information receiving step, executes a process for remitting the aforementioned balance from the aforementioned second user to the aforementioned first user.

請求項21所記載之發明,其特徵為,令電腦發揮機能成為:結帳要求資訊收訊手段,係用以接收結帳要求資訊,其係表示:利用了隸屬於使用者之團體的任一 第1使用者所利用之第1終端裝置的結帳,且為要由前記第1使用者來進行支付之費用的結帳之要求;和負擔金額取得手段,係用以取得:隨應於前記已被接收之結帳要求資訊而被結帳的前記費用之中,要向隸屬於前記團體的第2使用者且為異於前記第1使用者的第2使用者進行請款的負擔金之金額;和負擔金額資訊送訊手段,係用以將表示前記已被取得之負擔金之金額的負擔金額資訊,發送至前記第2使用者所利用的第2終端裝置;和匯款要求資訊收訊手段,係用以隨應於已經接收了前記所被發送之負擔金額資訊的前記第2終端裝置受理了匯款之操作,而從前記第2終端裝置接收表示匯款之要求的匯款要求資訊;和匯款手段,係用以隨應於前記匯款要求資訊被前記匯款要求資訊收訊手段所接收,而執行從前記第2使用者往前記第1使用者將前記負擔金進行匯款之處理。 The invention of claim 21 is characterized by causing a computer to function as: billing request information receiving means for receiving billing request information indicating a billing request for a charge to be paid by the first user using a first terminal device utilized by a first user belonging to a user group; and share amount obtaining means for obtaining the share amount to be charged to a second user belonging to the first user group, who is different from the first user, for the charge settled in response to the received billing request information; and share amount obtaining means for obtaining the share amount to be charged to a second user belonging to the first user group, who is different from the first user, for the charge settled in response to the received billing request information. The amount information transmitting means is used to transmit the amount information indicating the amount of the previously acquired liability to the second terminal device used by the previously mentioned second user; the remittance request information receiving means is used to receive remittance request information indicating a remittance request from the previously mentioned second terminal device in response to the previously mentioned second terminal device accepting the remittance operation after receiving the previously transmitted amount information; and the remittance means is used to execute a remittance process of the previously mentioned liability from the previously mentioned second user to the previously mentioned first user in response to the previously mentioned remittance request information being received by the previously mentioned remittance request information receiving means.

若依據本發明,則在由複數個使用者來支付費用的情況下,可讓使用者先得知要支付給其他使用者的金額然後才選擇匯款。 According to the present invention, when multiple users pay for a fee, each user can first know the amount to be paid to other users and then choose to transfer the money.

1:電子結帳伺服器 1: Electronic checkout server

2:使用者終端 2: User terminal

3:旅行預約伺服器 3: Travel Reservation Server

3a:住宿設施預約DB 3a: Accommodation Reservation DB

3b:交通機關票券預約DB 3b: Transportation Ticket Reservation Database

11:系統控制部 11: System Control Department

11a:CPU 11a:CPU

11b:ROM 11b:ROM

11c:RAM 11c: RAM

12:系統匯流排 12: System bus

13:輸出入介面 13: Input/Output Interface

14:記憶部 14: Memory

14a:使用者DB 14a: User DB

14b:設施DB 14b: Facilities DB

14c:電子貨幣餘額DB 14c: Electronic Currency Balance DB

14d:結帳履歷DB 14d: Checkout History DB

14e:匯款履歷DB 14e: Remittance History DB

14f:位置資訊DB 14f: Location Information DB

14g:終端間通訊狀況DB 14g: Inter-terminal communication status DB

14h:已發行優惠券DB 14h: Coupon DB issued

14i:分攤付款保留結帳DB 14i: Split Payment Reserve Checkout DB

15:通訊部 15: Communications Department

110:餐廳 110:Restaurant

111:內牆 111: Inner Wall

113:飯店 113: Hotel

120:餐廳 120:Restaurant

210:結帳完成畫面 210: Checkout completion screen

211:分攤付款訊息 211: Shared payment information

212:認可鈕 212: Approval button

213:否認鈕 213: Deny button

220:請款對象編輯畫面 220: Edit payment recipient screen

221:請款對象資訊 221: Reimbursement recipient information

222:追加鈕 222:Add button

223:下一步鈕 223: Next button

224:刪除鈕 224: Delete button

230:負擔金額編輯畫面 230: Payable amount edit screen

231:負擔使用者資訊 231: Responsible for user information

232:金額輸入欄 232:Amount input field

233:增額鈕 233: Increase button

234:減額鈕 234:Decrease button

235:返回鈕 235: Return button

236:確認鈕 236: Confirm button

240:結帳編輯畫面 240: Checkout edit screen

241:結帳資訊 241: Checkout Information

242:刪除鈕 242: Delete button

243:認可鈕 243: Approval button

244:非認可鈕 244: Non-approved button

310:請款畫面 310: Payment request screen

311:結帳資訊 311: Checkout Information

312:負擔金額資訊 312: Information on the amount of money owed

313:匯款鈕 313: Transfer button

314:加值鈕 314: Top-up button

315:非匯款鈕 315: Non-remittance button

316:合計額 316:Total amount

1101:位置關係資訊取得部 1101: Location-related information acquisition unit

1102:團體特定部 1102: Group Specific Department

1103:結帳要求收訊部 1103: Checkout request to the receiving department

1104:結帳部 1104: Checkout Department

1105:請款對象資訊送訊部 1105: Information about the recipient of the payment is sent to the Information Department

1106:編輯請款對象資訊取得部 1106: Editing the payment recipient information acquisition department

1107:負擔金額取得部 1107: Payment Amount Acquisition Department

1108:暫定負擔金額資訊送訊部 1108: Provisional payment amount information sent to the Information Department

1109:變更負擔金額資訊取得部 1109: Change of burden amount information acquisition department

1110:負擔金額資訊送訊部 1110: Information on the amount of payment sent to the Information Department

1111:匯款要求收訊部 1111: Remittance Request Receiving Department

1112:匯款部 1112: Remittance Department

1113:贈禮賦予部 1113: Gift Giving Department

1114:匯款履歷取得部 1114: Remittance History Acquisition Department

1115:預約資訊取得部 1115: Reservation Information Acquisition Department

1116:旅行判定部 1116: Travel Assessment Department

1117:結帳資訊送訊部 1117: Checkout Information Delivery Department

NW:網路 NW: Network

R1~R5:存在通知訊號 R1~R5: Notification signal exists

S:通訊系統 S: Communication system

U1~U5:使用者 U1~U5: Users

[圖1]一實施形態所述之通訊系統S的概要構成之一例的圖示。 [Figure 1] An example of the schematic configuration of a communication system S according to one embodiment.

[圖2]一實施形態所述之電子結帳伺服器1的概要構成之一例的區塊圖。 [Figure 2] A block diagram showing an example of the schematic configuration of the electronic checkout server 1 according to one embodiment.

[圖3]電子結帳伺服器1的資料庫中所被記憶的資訊之例子的圖示。 [Figure 3] An example of information stored in the database of electronic checkout server 1.

[圖4]電子結帳伺服器1中的系統控制部11的機能區塊之一例的圖示。 [Figure 4] An example diagram of the functional blocks of the system control unit 11 in the electronic checkout server 1.

[圖5]從使用者終端2往電子結帳伺服器1所被發送的資訊之例子的圖示。 [Figure 5] An example of information sent from the user terminal 2 to the electronic checkout server 1.

[圖6]團體之特定例的圖示。 [Figure 6] Illustration of a specific example of a group.

[圖7]團體之特定例的圖示。 [Figure 7] Illustration of a specific example of a group.

[圖8]結帳完成畫面210之一例的圖示。 [Figure 8] An example of a checkout completion screen 210.

[圖9]請款對象編輯畫面220之一例的圖示。 [Figure 9] An example of the payment request object editing screen 220.

[圖10]負擔金額編輯畫面230之一例的圖示。 [Figure 10] An example of the burden amount editing screen 230.

[圖11]請款畫面310之一例的圖示。 [Figure 11] An example of a payment request screen 310.

[圖12]一實施形態中的通訊系統S之處理例的流程圖。 [Figure 12] A flowchart of a processing example of the communication system S in one embodiment.

[圖13]電子結帳伺服器1中的系統控制部11的機能區塊之一例的圖示。 [Figure 13] An example diagram of the functional blocks of the system control unit 11 in the electronic checkout server 1.

[圖14](a)係團體之特定例的圖示。(b)係結帳日誌之一例的圖示。 [Figure 14] (a) is an example of a group. (b) is an example of a checkout log.

[圖15]一實施形態所述之通訊系統S的概要構成之一例的圖示。 [Figure 15] A diagram showing an example of the schematic configuration of a communication system S according to one embodiment.

[圖16]旅行預約伺服器3所具備的資料庫中所被記憶的資訊之例子的圖示。 [Figure 16] An example of information stored in the database of the travel reservation server 3.

[圖17]一實施形態所述之電子結帳伺服器1的概要構成之一例的區塊圖。 [Figure 17] A block diagram showing an example of the schematic configuration of the electronic checkout server 1 according to one embodiment.

[圖18]分攤付款保留結帳DB14i中所被記憶的資訊之一例。 [Figure 18] An example of information stored in the split payment retention checkout DB14i.

[圖19]電子結帳伺服器1中的系統控制部11的機能區塊之一例的圖示。 [Figure 19] An example diagram of the functional blocks of the system control unit 11 in the electronic checkout server 1.

[圖20](a)係住宿設施預約DB3a中所被記憶之住宿設施預約資訊之一例的圖示。(b)係交通機關票券預約DB3b中所被記憶之交通機關預約資訊之一例的圖示。(c)係旅行中的團體之行動之一例的圖示。 [Figure 20] (a) is an example of accommodation facility reservation information stored in the accommodation facility reservation DB3a. (b) is an example of transportation facility reservation information stored in the transportation facility ticket reservation DB3b. (c) is an example of the actions of a traveling group.

[圖21]結帳編輯畫面240之一例的圖示。 [Figure 21] An example of a checkout edit screen 240.

[圖22]請款畫面310之一例的圖示。 [Figure 22] An example of a payment request screen 310.

以下,參照圖式來詳細說明本發明的實施形態。 The following describes the implementation of the present invention in detail with reference to the drawings.

[1.第1實施形態] [1. First Implementation Form]

[1-1.通訊系統的構成] [1-1. Communication system structure]

首先,針對第1實施形態所述之通訊系統S的構成及機能概要,參照圖1來說明。圖1係本實施形態所述之通訊系統S的概要構成之一例的圖示。如圖1所示,通訊系統S係含有電子結帳伺服器1和複數個使用者終端2而被構成。電子結帳伺服器1及各使用者終端2,係被連接至網路NW。 網路NW係由例如網際網路、專用通訊線路(例如CATV(Community Antenna Television)線路)、移動體通訊網(包含基地台等)、及閘道等所架構而成。 First, the structure and functions of the communication system S described in the first embodiment will be described with reference to Figure 1 . Figure 1 illustrates an example of the schematic structure of the communication system S described in this embodiment. As shown in Figure 1 , the communication system S comprises an electronic billing server 1 and a plurality of user terminals 2. The electronic billing server 1 and each user terminal 2 are connected to a network NW. The network NW is composed of, for example, the Internet, dedicated communication lines (such as CATV (Community Antenna Television) lines), a mobile communication network (including base stations), and gateways.

電子結帳伺服器1係亦可為,執行使用到所定之電子結帳應用程式的費用之結帳所相關之各種處理的伺服器裝置。電子結帳應用程式,係為各使用者終端2所能執行的應用程式,亦可為利用使用者終端2而使費用之電子結帳成為可能的應用程式。隨應於使用到使用者終端2的費用之結帳操作被進行,電子結帳伺服器1係亦可從該使用者終端2、POS(Point of Sales)系統、或其他系統,接收結帳要求。電子結帳伺服器1,係亦可隨應於該結帳要求而進行電子結帳之處理。 The electronic billing server 1 may also be a server device that performs various processes related to billing expenses using a predetermined electronic billing application. The electronic billing application is an application that can be executed by each user terminal 2 and may also be an application that enables electronic billing of expenses using the user terminal 2. In response to a billing operation using the user terminal 2, the electronic billing server 1 may receive a billing request from the user terminal 2, a POS (Point of Sales) system, or other system. The electronic billing server 1 may also perform electronic billing processing in response to the billing request.

作為電子結帳中所能夠利用的結帳手段之例子,可舉出所定之電子貨幣、信用卡等。為了利用所定之電子貨幣所需之服務係亦可為例如:由提供使用到電子結帳應用程式之電子結帳服務的企業或其關連企業所提供的服務。為了方便起見,把該所定之電子貨幣稱作R電子貨幣。 Examples of payment methods that can be used in electronic payment include designated electronic currencies and credit cards. Services required to use designated electronic currencies may also be provided by, for example, a company that provides electronic payment services using an electronic payment application or its affiliated companies. For convenience, this designated electronic currency will be referred to as R electronic currency.

又,電子結帳伺服器1,係亦可執行使用者間的匯款。例如,亦可使用電子結帳應用程式而以R電子貨幣來進行匯款。 Furthermore, the electronic payment server 1 can also perform remittances between users. For example, remittances can be made using the electronic payment application using R electronic currency.

電子結帳伺服器1,係亦可將由分別持有使用者終端2的複數個使用者所構成的團體,加以特定。所被特定的團體係亦可為例如,被推定為正在一起行動的使 用者之團體。 The electronic checkout server 1 can also identify a group consisting of a plurality of users each possessing a user terminal 2. The identified group may be, for example, a group of users presumed to be acting together.

電子結帳伺服器1,係在使用電子結帳應用程式而將費用進行了結帳的使用者是前述的團體之成員的情況下,亦可執行用分攤付款方式而由其他各成員來支付費用之一部分所需之處理。本實施形態中的分攤付款係亦可包含:全部成員皆均等地支付、和非均等分割而是以各成員所被個別設定之負擔金額來進行支付之雙方的意思。複數個使用者一起行動的結果,會產生某些費用之支付。因此,該費用係由這些使用者來分擔而支付的此一假定,可以先假設是成立。此處,假定團體的成員之中使用電子結帳應用程式而將費用進行了結帳的成員,係為代表者。電子結帳伺服器1,係亦可基於例如已被結帳之費用,來計算各成員之負擔金之金額。電子結帳伺服器1,係亦可將表示負擔金之金額的負擔金額資訊,發送至代表者以外之各成員的使用者終端2。使用者終端2,係亦可將該負擔金額資訊,加以顯示。使用者,係確認負擔金之金額,然後進行用來把該負擔金匯款給代表者所需之操作。隨應於該操作,電子結帳伺服器1係亦可執行,從其他成員往代表者使用R電子貨幣的匯款處理。 If the user who pays for a fee using the electronic billing application is a member of the aforementioned group, the electronic billing server 1 can also perform the necessary processing to have other members pay a portion of the fee using a split payment method. Split payment in this embodiment can include both equal payment by all members and unequal payment based on individual member-specified contributions. The combined actions of multiple users result in the payment of certain fees. Therefore, it can be assumed that the fees are shared and paid by these users. Here, it is assumed that the member of the group who pays for the fee using the electronic billing application is the representative. The electronic billing server 1 can also calculate the amount of each member's contribution based on, for example, already paid expenses. The electronic billing server 1 can also send contribution amount information indicating the contribution amount to the user terminal 2 of each member other than the representative. The user terminal 2 can also display the contribution amount information. The user confirms the contribution amount and then performs the necessary operations to transfer the contribution to the representative. In response to this operation, the electronic billing server 1 can also execute a remittance process from other members to the representative using R electronic currency.

電子結帳管理伺服器1,係在執行了團體之成員所致之匯款處理的情況下,亦可執行對代表者及進行了匯款的成員之其中至少任一方賦予贈禮的處理。作為贈禮之例子,可舉出:R電子貨幣(現金回饋)、優惠券、可在點數程式中做利用的點數等。優惠券,係亦可為折價 券、優待券或免費券。該優惠券係為例如可在某些設施中做利用,亦可在某些網站中做利用。各成員,係除了用R電子貨幣進行匯款以外,亦可例如以現金等向代表者支付負擔金。藉由隨應於匯款而賦予贈禮,可促進R電子貨幣之利用。 When processing remittances from group members, the electronic billing management server 1 may also process gifts to at least one of the representative and the member who made the remittance. Examples of gifts include R electronic currency (cash rewards), coupons, and points redeemable in a point program. Coupons may also be discount coupons, coupons, or free coupons. These coupons can be used, for example, at certain facilities or on certain websites. In addition to remittances using R electronic currency, each member may also pay the representative a contribution in cash. By offering gifts in conjunction with remittances, we can promote the use of R electronic currency.

各使用者終端2係亦可為,能夠利用上述的電子結帳服務的使用者所持有的攜帶用的終端裝置。作為使用者終端2的例子可舉出:智慧型手機、平板式電腦等之攜帶型資訊終端、行動電話機、PDA(Personal Digital Assistant)、可穿戴式電腦等。各使用者終端2係亦可安裝有電子結帳應用程式。作為使用到電子結帳應用程式的結帳之例子可舉出:令使用者終端2的畫面中,顯示出將用來識別支付費用之使用者的資訊予以編碼而成的代碼資訊。作為代碼資訊之例子,可舉出1維條碼、2維碼(例如QR碼(註冊商標))等。身為費用之支付對象的設施之從業員,係例如將已被顯示在畫面中的代碼資訊,讓POS收銀機讀取。該POS收銀機,係亦可透過POS系統而將結帳要求發送至電子結帳伺服器1。作為使用到電子結帳應用程式的結帳之另一例可舉出,將藉由該設施作為費用之對價而被提供之關於交易對象之資訊予以編碼而成的代碼資訊,讓使用者終端2讀取。關於交易對象之資訊,係亦可含有例如:用來識別設施的資訊、用來識別交易對象的資訊、費用之金額等。該代碼資訊,係亦可被顯示在位於設施內的顯示器,亦可被印刷在紙張等。讀取了代碼資訊的 使用者終端2,係亦可基於使用者之操作而將結帳要求發送至電子結帳伺服器1。 Each user terminal 2 may be a portable terminal device owned by a user who can utilize the above-mentioned electronic payment service. Examples of user terminals 2 include portable information terminals such as smartphones and tablet computers, mobile phones, PDAs (Personal Digital Assistants), wearable computers, etc. Each user terminal 2 may also be installed with an electronic payment application. An example of payment using an electronic payment application is to display code information encoded with information used to identify the user paying the fee on the screen of the user terminal 2. Examples of code information include 1D barcodes, 2D codes (such as QR codes (registered trademarks)), etc. An employee of the facility to which the fee is paid, for example, displays code information displayed on a screen to a POS register. The POS register can also transmit a checkout request to the electronic checkout server 1 via the POS system. Another example of checkout using an electronic checkout application is to have a user terminal 2 read coded information encoded with information about the transaction partner provided by the facility as consideration for the fee. The information about the transaction partner can include, for example, information identifying the facility, information identifying the transaction partner, and the fee amount. The coded information can also be displayed on a display within the facility or printed on paper. After reading the code information, user terminal 2 can also send a checkout request to electronic checkout server 1 based on the user's operation.

各使用者終端2係亦可具有:將該使用者終端2之位置資訊加以取得之機能。例如,使用者終端2亦可利用GPS(Global Positioning System)等之衛星測位系統,來計算出經緯度而作為位置資訊。又例如,亦可藉由移動體通訊事業者,將利用過的基地台的位置資訊,提供給使用者終端2。又,各使用者終端2,係亦可與使用近距離無線通訊的其他使用者終端2進行無線通訊。作為該近距離無線通訊之規格之例子,可舉出Bluetooth(註冊商標)、ZigBee(註冊商標)等。作為使用該近距離無線通訊而可進行通訊的距離之上限之例子,可舉出數公尺、十數公尺、數十公尺等。各使用者終端2,係亦可使用近距離無線通訊,而將存在通知訊號定期地或常時發訊。存在通知訊號係亦可為,表示發送出該存在通知訊號的使用者終端2是存在於附近、或利用該使用者終端2的使用者是存在於附近的訊號。存在通知訊號係亦可含有例如:用來識別該使用者的資訊。 Each user terminal 2 may also have a function for obtaining its location information. For example, the user terminal 2 may use a satellite positioning system such as the GPS (Global Positioning System) to calculate longitude and latitude as location information. Alternatively, a mobile communications operator may provide the user terminal 2 with the location information of previously used base stations. Furthermore, each user terminal 2 may also communicate wirelessly with other user terminals 2 using short-range wireless communication. Examples of standards for short-range wireless communication include Bluetooth (registered trademark) and ZigBee (registered trademark). Examples of the upper limit of the distance over which communication can be conducted using near-field wireless communication include several meters, tens of meters, or several dozen meters. Each user terminal 2 may also periodically or constantly transmit a presence notification signal using near-field wireless communication. The presence notification signal may also be a signal indicating that the user terminal 2 transmitting the presence notification signal is nearby, or that a user utilizing the user terminal 2 is nearby. The presence notification signal may also include, for example, information used to identify the user.

[1-2.電子結帳伺服器的構成] [1-2. Electronic checkout server configuration]

接著,關於電子結帳伺服器1的構成,參照圖2及圖3來做說明。圖2係為本實施形態所述之電子結帳伺服器1的概要構成之一例的區塊圖。如圖2所示,電子結帳伺服器1係具備:系統控制部11、系統匯流排12、輸出入介面13、 記憶部14、通訊部15。系統控制部11與輸出入介面13係透過系統匯流排12而連接。 Next, the structure of the electronic checkout server 1 will be described with reference to Figures 2 and 3. Figure 2 is a block diagram showing an example of the schematic structure of the electronic checkout server 1 according to this embodiment. As shown in Figure 2, the electronic checkout server 1 includes a system control unit 11, a system bus 12, an input/output interface 13, a memory unit 14, and a communication unit 15. The system control unit 11 and the input/output interface 13 are connected via the system bus 12.

系統控制部11,係由CPU(Central Processing Unit)11a、ROM(Read Only Memory)11b、RAM(Random Access Memory)11c等所構成。 The system control unit 11 is composed of a CPU (Central Processing Unit) 11a, a ROM (Read Only Memory) 11b, and a RAM (Random Access Memory) 11c.

輸出入介面13,係在記憶部14及通訊部15與系統控制部11之間,進行介面處理。 The input/output interface 13 performs interface processing between the memory unit 14 and the communication unit 15 and the system control unit 11.

記憶部14係由例如硬碟機等所構成。該記憶部14中亦可被記憶有例如:使用者DB14a、設施DB14b、電子貨幣餘額DB14c、結帳履歷DB14d、匯款履歷DB14e、位置資訊DB14f、終端間通訊狀況DB14g、已發行優惠券DB14h等之資料庫。「DB」係為資料庫的簡稱。此外,至少一個資料庫,係亦可被記憶在異於電子結帳伺服器1的裝置中。電子結帳伺服器1,係亦可透過該裝置而可存取該資料庫。 The memory unit 14 is comprised of, for example, a hard drive. The memory unit 14 may also store databases such as a user database 14a, a facility database 14b, an electronic currency balance database 14c, a payment history database 14d, a remittance history database 14e, a location information database 14f, an inter-terminal communication status database 14g, and an issued coupon database 14h. "DB" is an abbreviation for database. Furthermore, at least one database may be stored in a device separate from the electronic payment server 1. The electronic payment server 1 may also access the database through the device.

圖3係為電子結帳伺服器1的資料庫中所被記憶的資訊之例子的圖示。使用者DB14a中亦可被記憶有,關於能夠利用電子結帳服務之各使用者的使用者資訊。例如,在電子結帳伺服器1中,使用者ID、姓名、性別、出生年月日、住址、電話號碼、及電子郵件位址等,亦可被相互建立關連而記憶,以作為使用者資訊。使用者ID,係為用來識別使用者的識別資訊。 Figure 3 illustrates an example of information stored in the database of the electronic billing server 1. User information regarding each user who can utilize the electronic billing service may also be stored in the user DB 14a. For example, in the electronic billing server 1, user ID, name, gender, date of birth, address, telephone number, and email address may be associated with each other and stored as user information. The user ID is identification information used to identify the user.

設施DB14b中亦可被記憶有,關於能夠讓使用者使用電子結帳應用程式來將費用進行結帳之各設施的 設施資訊。各設施,係提供交易對象。交易對象,係可為商品及服務之其中至少任一方。使用者,係藉由造訪設施,就可將該設施所提供的商品或服務,進行購入。在設施DB14b中,例如設施ID、類別資訊、設施名、住址、及設施位置資訊等亦可被相互建立關連而記憶,以作為設施資訊。設施ID,係為用來識別設施的識別資訊。類別資訊,係為表示該設施所屬之類別的資訊。作為設施的類別之例子,可舉出:餐廳、咖啡廳、速食店、其他飲食店、汽車飲食店、休息站、服務區、遊樂園、水族館、博物館、禮品店、演唱會場、球場、加油站、租車店、便利商店、超級市場、百貨店、其他小販、住宿設施、車站、機場、其他交通機關之票券的販售所等。設施位置資訊,係亦可為表示該設施所在場所之座標的資訊。例如設施位置資訊,係亦可將構成該設施之佔地之外緣的各頂點之位置,以經緯度來表示。 Facility DB 14b may also store facility information for each facility that allows users to pay for items using an electronic checkout application. Each facility provides a transaction object. A transaction object can be at least one of a product and a service. Users can purchase the goods or services provided by the facility by visiting the facility. Facility DB 14b may also store information such as the facility ID, category information, facility name, address, and facility location information in association with each other as facility information. The facility ID is identification information used to identify the facility. Category information indicates the category to which the facility belongs. Examples of facility types include restaurants, cafes, fast food restaurants, other food establishments, drive-ins, rest stops, service areas, amusement parks, aquariums, museums, gift shops, concert venues, stadiums, gas stations, car rental shops, convenience stores, supermarkets, department stores, other small businesses, accommodations, train stations, airports, and ticket sales locations at other transportation agencies. Facility location information may also be information indicating the coordinates of the facility's location. For example, facility location information may represent the locations of the vertices that constitute the outer edge of the facility's footprint, expressed in latitude and longitude.

電子貨幣餘額DB14c中亦可被記憶有,各使用者的R電子貨幣之餘額。例如,在電子貨幣餘額DB14c中,係亦可按照每一使用者,而將使用者ID及餘額,相互建立關連而記憶。 The electronic currency balance DB 14c may also store each user's R electronic currency balance. For example, the electronic currency balance DB 14c may associate the user ID and balance for each user.

結帳履歷DB14d中亦可被記憶有,使用到電子結帳應用程式的費用之結帳的履歷。例如,在結帳履歷DB14d中,亦可按照每次進行結帳,而將交易號碼、結帳日期時間、使用者ID、結帳手段資訊、支付對象資訊、及支付額等相互建立關連而記憶,以作為結帳日誌。交易號 碼,係為用來識別該筆結帳的識別資訊。結帳日期時間,係表示結帳被進行的日期時間。使用者ID,係表示支付了費用的使用者。結帳手段資訊,係為表示結帳時所被使用之結帳手段的資訊。設施ID,係為表示費用之支付對象的資訊。使用者對某種設施支付了費用的情況下,支付對象資訊,係亦可為該設施的設施ID。結帳額,係表示所被結帳之費用的金額。 The payment history DB 14d may also store records of charges made using electronic payment applications. For example, the transaction number, payment date and time, user ID, payment method information, payment recipient information, and payment amount may be associated with each payment and stored as a payment log. The transaction number is identification information used to identify the payment. The payment date and time indicates the date and time of the payment. The user ID identifies the user who paid the charge. The payment method information indicates the payment method used for the payment. The facility ID indicates the payment recipient for the charge. If the user paid for a specific facility, the payment recipient information may also be the facility ID of that facility. The billing amount represents the amount of the charges being billed.

匯款履歷DB14e中亦可被記憶有,使用R電子貨幣而在使用者間的匯款之履歷。例如,在匯款履歷DB14e中,亦可按照每次進行匯款,而將匯款號碼、匯款來源使用者ID、匯款目標使用者ID、及匯款額等相互建立關連而記憶,以作為匯款日誌。交易號碼,係為用來識別該筆結帳的識別資訊。匯款號碼,係為用來識別匯款的識別資訊。匯款來源使用者ID,係為進行了匯款的使用者的使用者ID。匯款目標使用者ID,係為接受了匯款的使用者的使用者ID。匯款額,係表示所被匯款的金額。 The remittance history DB14e may also store a history of remittances between users using the R electronic currency. For example, the remittance history DB14e may store, for each remittance, the remittance number, the source user ID, the destination user ID, and the remittance amount, in association with each other, as a remittance log. The transaction number is identification information used to identify the transaction. The remittance number is identification information used to identify the remittance. The source user ID is the user ID of the user who made the remittance. The destination user ID is the user ID of the user who received the remittance. The remittance amount indicates the amount of the remittance.

位置資訊DB14f中亦可被記憶有,表示各使用者終端2之位置的位置資訊。各使用者終端2,係亦可例如依照電子結帳應用程式,定期地取得位置資訊並發送至電子結帳伺服器1。電子結帳管理伺服器1,係亦可將從使用者終端2所接收到的位置資訊,記憶在位置資訊DB14f中。在位置資訊DB14f中,例如使用者ID、記錄日期時間、及座標資訊等亦可被相互建立關連而記憶,以作為位置資訊。使用者ID,係表示發送該位置資訊過來的使用者 終端2的利用使用者。記錄日期時間,係表示該使用者終端2記錄下該位置資訊的日期時間。座標資訊,係亦可將該記錄日期時間之時點上的該使用者終端2之位置,以經緯度來表示。 The location information DB 14f may also store location information indicating the location of each user terminal 2. Each user terminal 2 may periodically obtain location information, for example, in accordance with an electronic billing application, and transmit it to the electronic billing server 1. The electronic billing management server 1 may also store the location information received from the user terminal 2 in the location information DB 14f. In the location information DB 14f, for example, the user ID, recording date and time, and coordinate information may be associated and stored as location information. The user ID indicates the user of the user terminal 2 that sent the location information. The recording date and time indicates the date and time when the user terminal 2 recorded the location information. The coordinate information may also be the location of the user terminal 2 at the time of the recording date, expressed in longitude and latitude.

終端間通訊狀況DB14g係亦可被記憶有,表示各使用者終端2與其他使用者終端2之間使用近距離無線通訊之通訊狀況的終端間通訊狀況資訊。各使用者終端2,係亦可例如依照電子結帳應用程式,定期地取得終端間通訊狀況資訊並發送至電子結帳伺服器1。例如,各使用者的使用者終端2,係亦可將位置資訊與終端間通訊狀況資訊,同時予以發送。電子結帳管理伺服器1,係亦可將從使用者終端2所接收到的終端間通訊狀況資訊,記憶在終端間通訊狀況DB14g中。在終端間通訊狀況DB14g中,例如使用者ID、記錄日期時間、及訊號收訊來源清單等亦可被相互建立關連而記憶,以作為終端間通訊狀況資訊。使用者ID,係表示發送該終端間通訊狀況資訊過來的使用者終端2的利用使用者。記錄日期時間,係表示該使用者終端2記錄下該終端間通訊狀況資訊的日期時間。訊號收訊來源清單係亦可為,發送出該使用者終端2在該記錄日期時間所接收到之存在通知訊號過來的使用者終端2的利用使用者的使用者ID之清單。又,訊號收訊來源清單,係亦可將該使用者終端2在該記錄日期時間所接收到之存在通知訊號之強度,與各使用者ID建立關連而含有。如前述,存在通知訊號係含有,用來識別發送了該存在通 知訊號過來的使用者終端2的利用使用者的識別資訊。使用者終端2,係亦可生成含有所接收到的各存在通知訊號中所含之識別資訊的訊號收訊來源清單,將終端間通訊狀況資訊發送至電子結帳伺服器1。存在通知訊號中所含之識別資訊,亦可為使用者ID。或者,該識別資訊亦可為例如使用者ID的雜湊值或其他可用來識別使用者的資訊。電子結帳伺服器1,係亦可將從使用者終端2所接收到的終端間通訊狀況資訊的訊號收訊來源清單中所含之各識別資訊,轉換成使用者ID。 The inter-terminal communication status DB 14g may also store inter-terminal communication status information indicating the status of communication between each user terminal 2 and other user terminals 2 using near-field wireless communication. Each user terminal 2 may also periodically obtain inter-terminal communication status information, for example, in accordance with an electronic billing application, and transmit it to the electronic billing server 1. For example, each user terminal 2 may transmit location information along with the inter-terminal communication status information. The electronic billing management server 1 may also store the inter-terminal communication status information received from the user terminal 2 in the inter-terminal communication status DB 14g. In the inter-terminal communication status DB 14g, for example, user IDs, recording dates and times, and a list of signal reception sources can be associated with each other and stored as inter-terminal communication status information. The user ID indicates the user of user terminal 2 that sent the inter-terminal communication status information. The recording date and time indicates the date and time when the inter-terminal communication status information was recorded by user terminal 2. The list of signal reception sources can also be a list of user IDs of users of user terminal 2 that sent the presence notification signal received by user terminal 2 at the recording date and time. Furthermore, the signal reception source list may also include the strength of the presence notification signal received by the user terminal 2 at the recorded date and time, associated with each user ID. As previously mentioned, the presence notification signal includes identification information of the user terminal 2 that sent the presence notification signal. User terminal 2 may also generate a signal reception source list containing the identification information contained in each received presence notification signal and transmit inter-terminal communication status information to the electronic billing server 1. The identification information contained in the presence notification signal may also be the user ID. Alternatively, the identification information may be, for example, a hash of the user ID or other information that can be used to identify the user. The electronic checkout server 1 can also convert the identification information contained in the signal receiving source list of the inter-terminal communication status information received from the user terminal 2 into a user ID.

已發行優惠券DB14h中亦可被記憶有,關於已被賦予給使用者之各優惠券的已發行優惠券資訊。藉由利用優惠券,使用者就可在交易對象的購入之際,接受折扣。例如,在已發行優惠券DB14h中,發行號碼、使用者ID、設施ID、適用交易對象資訊、及折扣資訊等亦可被相互建立關連而記憶,以作為已發行優惠券資訊。發行號碼,係為用來識別已被賦予之優惠券的識別資訊。使用者ID,係表示已獲得該優惠券的使用者。設施ID,係表示使用者可利用該優惠券的設施。適用交易對象資訊,係在該優惠券所致之折扣所被適用之交易對象是有被限定的情況下,會被設定。適用交易對象資訊,係為用來識別該優惠券所被適用之交易對象的資訊。折扣資訊,係表示折扣額或折扣率。 Issued coupon information about each coupon that has been granted to a user may also be stored in the issued coupon DB14h. By using the coupon, the user can receive a discount when purchasing the transaction object. For example, in the issued coupon DB14h, the issue number, user ID, facility ID, applicable transaction object information, and discount information may also be associated with each other and stored as issued coupon information. The issue number is identification information used to identify the issued coupon. The user ID indicates the user who has received the coupon. The facility ID indicates the facility where the user can use the coupon. The applicable transaction object information is set when the transaction object to which the discount due to the coupon is applied is limited. Applicable transaction information is used to identify the transaction party to which the coupon applies. Discount information indicates the discount amount or discount rate.

記憶部14中係還被記憶有作業系統、DBMS(Database Management System)、伺服器程式等之各種程 式。伺服器程式,係亦可為令系統控制部11執行電子結帳、匯款、電子結帳應用程式等之相關處理的程式。伺服器程式係例如可從其他裝置等透過網路NW而取得,也可記錄在磁帶、光碟、記憶卡等之記錄媒體中然後透過驅動機裝置而被讀取。 The memory unit 14 also stores various programs, including operating systems, DBMS (Database Management System), and server programs. Server programs can also be programs that instruct the system control unit 11 to execute processes related to electronic billing, remittances, and electronic billing applications. Server programs can be obtained from other devices via the network NW, or they can be recorded on recording media such as magnetic tapes, optical disks, or memory cards and read via a drive device.

通訊部15,係由例如網路介面卡等所構成。通訊部15,係透過網路NW,而與使用者終端2等連接,並控制與已被連接之裝置的通訊狀態。 The communication unit 15 is composed of, for example, a network interface card. The communication unit 15 connects to the user terminal 2 and the like via the network NW and controls the communication status with the connected device.

[1-3.機能概要] [1-3. Function overview]

接著,參照圖4至圖12,說明電子結帳伺服器1中的系統控制部11的機能概要。圖4係為電子結帳伺服器1中的系統控制部11的機能區塊之一例的圖示。系統控制部11,係亦可藉由CPU11a,將伺服器程式中所含之各種程式碼予以讀出執行,而如圖4所示,成為位置關係資訊取得部1101、團體特定部1102、結帳要求收訊部1103、結帳部1104、請款對象資訊送訊部1105、編輯請款對象資訊取得部1106、負擔金額取得部1107、暫定負擔金額資訊送訊部1108、變更負擔金額資訊取得部1109、負擔金額資訊送訊部1110、匯款要求收訊部1111、匯款部1112、及贈禮賦予部1113等而發揮機能。 Next, referring to Figures 4 to 12, the functional overview of the system control unit 11 in the electronic checkout server 1 is described. Figure 4 is a diagram showing an example of the functional blocks of the system control unit 11 in the electronic checkout server 1. The system control unit 11 can also read and execute various program codes contained in the server program through the CPU 11a, and as shown in Figure 4, it becomes a position relationship information acquisition unit 1101, a group identification unit 1102, a checkout request receiving unit 1103, a checkout unit 1104, a payment object information sending unit 1105, an encoding unit 1106, and a control unit 1107. The functions of the payment request information acquisition unit 1106, the burden amount acquisition unit 1107, the provisional burden amount information transmission unit 1108, the changed burden amount information acquisition unit 1109, the burden amount information transmission unit 1110, the remittance request reception unit 1111, the remittance unit 1112, and the gift giving unit 1113 are implemented.

[1-3-1.團體之特定] [1-3-1. Identification of the Group]

位置關係資訊取得部1101,係亦可將表示複數個使用 者終端2間之位置關係的位置關係資訊,加以取得。例如,位置關係資訊取得部1101,係亦可取得位置關係資訊,其係表示,在已被安裝有電子結帳應用程式的使用者終端2之中,任一使用者終端2-1、與異於用者終端2-1的至少一個使用者終端2各者之間的位置關係。將使用者終端2-1的利用使用者,稱作第1使用者。位置關係資訊,係亦可至少含有使用者終端2-1的位置資訊。又,位置關係資訊係亦可含有複數個使用者終端2各者的位置資訊。可基於位置資訊,而將使用者終端2間之距離,特定成為位置關係。可根據各使用者終端2的位置資訊,算出這些使用者終端2間之距離。又,位置關係資訊係亦可含有,從各使用者終端2所接收到的終端間通訊狀況資訊。從使用者終端2所被接收之終端間通訊狀況資訊的訊號收訊來源清單中所含之使用者ID係表示,位於向該使用者終端2送達存在通知訊號之範圍內的使用者終端2的利用使用者。某個使用者終端2,是否位於其他使用者終端2所發送之存在通知信之抵達範圍內,係相當於這些使用者終端2間的位置關係。訊號收訊來源清單,係亦可除了使用者ID之外還含有存在通知訊號之強度。某個使用者終端2,是位於其他使用者終端2所發送之存在通知信以該訊號強度抵達之範圍內的這件事情,也是相當於這些使用者終端2間的位置關係。 The location relationship information acquisition unit 1101 may also acquire location relationship information indicating the location relationship between a plurality of user terminals 2. For example, the location relationship information acquisition unit 1101 may acquire location relationship information indicating the location relationship between any user terminal 2-1 among the user terminals 2 on which the electronic checkout application is installed and at least one user terminal 2 other than the user terminal 2-1. The user using the user terminal 2-1 is referred to as the first user. The location relationship information may also include at least the location information of the user terminal 2-1. Furthermore, the location relationship information may also include the location information of each of the plurality of user terminals 2. Based on the location information, the distance between the two user terminals can be identified as a location relationship. The distance between these user terminals 2 can be calculated based on the location information of each user terminal 2. In addition, the location relationship information may also include the inter-terminal communication status information received from each user terminal 2. The user ID included in the signal reception source list of the inter-terminal communication status information received from the user terminal 2 indicates the users of the user terminal 2 who are within the range of the presence notification signal sent to the user terminal 2. Whether a certain user terminal 2 is within the arrival range of the presence notification signal sent by other user terminals 2 is equivalent to the location relationship between these user terminals 2. The signal reception source list may also include the strength of the presence notification signal in addition to the user ID. The fact that a user terminal 2 is located within the range where presence notification signals sent by other user terminals 2 reach with a certain signal strength is equivalent to the location relationship between these user terminals 2.

要將哪個使用者終端2視作使用者終端2-1,係亦可為任意。例如,位置關係資訊取得部1101,係亦可 將各使用者終端2特定成為使用者終端2-1,而將表示以該使用者終端2-1為基準之位置關係的位置關係資訊,加以取得。或者,位置關係資訊取得部1101,係亦可將在任一設施內移動的使用者終端2,特定成為使用者終端2-1。或者,位置關係資訊取得部1101,係亦可將受理了對設施所支付之費用的結帳所需之操作的使用者終端2,特定成為使用者終端2-1。 The user terminal 2 designated as the user terminal 2-1 is arbitrary. For example, the location relationship information acquisition unit 1101 may identify each user terminal 2 as the user terminal 2-1 and acquire location relationship information indicating the location relationship with respect to that user terminal 2-1. Alternatively, the location relationship information acquisition unit 1101 may identify a user terminal 2 moving within any facility as the user terminal 2-1. Alternatively, the location relationship information acquisition unit 1101 may identify a user terminal 2 that has completed an operation to settle a fee paid to the facility as the user terminal 2-1.

圖5係為從使用者終端2往電子結帳伺服器1所被發送的資訊之例子的圖示。圖5中,作為使用者終端2係圖示了使用者終端2-1及2-2。使用者終端2-1,係將含有使用者終端2-1之識別資訊的存在通知訊號R1,予以發訊。使用者終端2-2,係將含有使用者終端2-2之識別資訊的存在通知訊號R2,予以發訊。使用者終端2-1,係將存在通知訊號R2予以收訊。於是,使用者終端2,係將例如使用者終端2-1之位置資訊,連同含有使用者終端2-2之識別資訊的終端間通訊狀況資訊,發送至電子結帳伺服器1。使用者終端2-2,係將存在通知訊號R1予以收訊。於是,使用者終端2也是,將使用者終端2-2之位置資訊,連同含有使用者終端2-1之識別資訊的終端間通訊狀況資訊,發送至電子結帳伺服器1。如此,位置關係資訊取得部1101,係從各使用者終端2,取得位置資訊及終端間通訊狀況資訊。或者,位置關係資訊取得部1101,係亦可將從使用者終端2所接收之各個位置資訊DB14f及終端間通訊狀況DB14g中所被記憶之位置資訊及終端間通訊狀況資 訊,從這些資料庫加以取得。 FIG5 is a diagram illustrating an example of information transmitted from user terminal 2 to electronic checkout server 1. FIG5 illustrates user terminal 2 as user terminal 2, which includes user terminal 2. User terminal 2-1 transmits a presence notification signal R1 containing identification information of user terminal 2-1. User terminal 2-2 transmits a presence notification signal R2 containing identification information of user terminal 2-2. User terminal 2-1 receives presence notification signal R2. User terminal 2 then transmits, for example, location information of user terminal 2-1, along with inter-terminal communication status information containing identification information of user terminal 2-2, to electronic checkout server 1. User terminal 2-2 receives the presence notification signal R1. Consequently, user terminal 2 also transmits the location information of user terminal 2-2, along with the inter-terminal communication status information containing the identification information of user terminal 2-1, to the electronic billing server 1. Thus, the location-related information acquisition unit 1101 acquires the location information and inter-terminal communication status information from each user terminal 2. Alternatively, the location-related information acquisition unit 1101 may acquire the location information and inter-terminal communication status information stored in the location information DB 14f and the inter-terminal communication status DB 14g received from each user terminal 2.

團體特定部1102,係亦可將使用者之團體,加以特定。所被特定的團體係亦可為,一起行動的使用者之團體或一起利用設施的使用者之團體。例如,團體特定部1102,係亦可如專利文獻1所揭露,可由使用者來做團體之設定。例如,使用者係藉由輸入用來識別團體之各成員的資訊(例如姓名及住址、電話號碼、或電子郵件位址),而設定團體。然而,使用者係並不一定每次都是以相同的成員來利用設施。因此,使用者係每次以團體來活動或每次利用設施,就需要設定團體。因此會有想要減輕使用者的作業負擔,而且能夠特定出一起利用設施的使用者之團體的情況。 The group identification unit 1102 can also identify a group of users. The identified group can also be a group of users who act together or a group of users who use a facility together. For example, as disclosed in Patent Document 1, the group identification unit 1102 can also allow the user to set up a group. For example, the user sets up a group by entering information used to identify each member of the group (such as name and address, phone number, or email address). However, users do not necessarily use a facility with the same members every time. Therefore, users need to set up a group each time they act as a group or each time they use a facility. Therefore, there are situations where it is desirable to reduce the user's workload and be able to identify a group of users who use a facility together.

於是,團體特定部1102,係亦可基於已被位置關係資訊取得部1101所取得之位置關係資訊,而特定出與第1使用者隸屬於同一團體的第2使用者。將第2使用者所利用的使用者終端2,稱作使用者終端2-2。團體特定部1102,係在例如異於使用者終端2-1的至少一個使用者終端2之中,將根據位置關係資訊而被表示為使用者終端2-1位於某個設施之時的位置關係是呈現所定位置關係的使用者終端2的利用使用者,特定成為第2使用者。亦可特定出1位第2使用者,亦可特定出複數個第2使用者。 Therefore, the group identification unit 1102 can also identify a second user belonging to the same group as the first user based on the location relationship information acquired by the location relationship information acquisition unit 1101. User terminal 2 used by the second user is referred to as user terminal 2-2. For example, among at least one user terminal 2 different from user terminal 2-1, the group identification unit 1102 identifies as the second user a user using user terminal 2 whose location relationship with user terminal 2-1, as indicated by the location relationship information, exhibits a predetermined location relationship when located at a certain facility. A single second user or multiple second users may be identified.

所定位置關係亦可為例如:當第1使用者與第2使用者是正以團體來行動時、當這些使用者正在一起行動時、或當這些使用者正在一起利用設施時,會被觀察 到的這些使用者所持有的使用者終端2間的位置關係。例如,這些使用者是存在於可聽見彼此聲音的各個場所中,或是這些使用者是存在於可看見彼此身影的各個場所中等情況下,這些使用者就有可能是正在以團體而行動。作為所定位置關係之具體例,可舉出以下的例子。 The defined location relationship may also be, for example, the location relationship between the user terminals 2 of the first and second users that can be observed when the first and second users are traveling together, when the users are traveling together, or when the users are using a facility together. For example, if the users are in a location where they can hear each other or can see each other, the users may be traveling together. The following are specific examples of defined location relationships.

位置關係a:使用者終端2間之距離是未滿所定距離。 Positional Relationship a: The distance between the two user terminals is less than the specified distance.

位置關係b:這些使用者終端2之其中任一方之使用者終端2所發送之存在通知訊號之訊號強度,且為這些使用者終端2之其中另一方之使用者終端2所位處之場所中的訊號強度,是高於所定之閾值。 Location relationship b: The signal strength of the presence notification signal sent by any one of these user terminals 2, and the signal strength in the location where the other one of these user terminals 2 is located, is higher than a predetermined threshold.

位置關係c:這些使用者終端2是位於同一設施內。 Location relationship c: These user terminals 2 are located in the same facility.

所定位置關係,亦可為例如位置關係a、b及c之中的特定之1個位置關係。或者,所定位置關係亦可為位置關係a、b或c之全部的組合,或這些位置關係之中的特定之2個位置關係的組合。 The predetermined positional relationship may be, for example, a specific one of positional relationships a, b, and c. Alternatively, the predetermined positional relationship may be a combination of all positional relationships a, b, or c, or a combination of two specific positional relationships among these positional relationships.

位置關係a,係表示了這些使用者是相互接近。團體的使用者會有相互近接而行動的傾向。又,當團體的使用者相互直接講話時,必須相互接近到某種程度。 Positional relationship a indicates that these users are close to each other. Group users tend to move in close proximity to each other. Furthermore, when group users speak directly to each other, they must be close to each other to a certain extent.

位置關係b中的訊號強度,係為某個使用者終端2所發送出來的存在通知訊號,在其他使用者終端2上的收訊強度。位置關係b也是,有時候係表示了這些使用者是相互接近。又,位置關係b,有時候係表示在這些使用者間沒有障害物存在之可能性為高。團體的使用者會有 彼此在相同區域(例如設施、房間等)中行動的傾向。使用者與使用者之間例如有牆壁等之障礙物的情況下,從使用者終端2所被發送之存在通知訊號有可能無法抵達另一方的使用者終端2,或是收訊強度有可能變低。此處閾值設定成零之情況的位置關係b係變成,這些使用者終端2都是位於使用者終端2所發送之存在通知訊號可以抵達另一方之使用者終端2的各個場所中。存在通知訊號是否抵達,係可根據訊號收訊來源清單中是否含有使用者ID來判斷。作為使用者終端2,假設會有第1使用者終端2和第2使用者終端2。從第1使用者終端2所被發送之存在通知訊號被第2使用者終端2收訊時的訊號強度,與從第2使用者終端2所被發送之存在通知訊號被第1使用者終端2所收訊時的訊號強度,有時候會不同。此情況下,團體特定部1102係亦可判定例如,訊號強度之平均值是否高於閾值。或者,團體特定部1102係亦可判定,任一方之訊號強度是否高於閾值。或者,團體特定部1102係亦可判定,雙方之訊號強度是否高於閾值。 The signal strength in positional relationship b represents the reception strength of a presence notification signal sent by a user terminal 2 at another user terminal 2. Positional relationship b can also indicate that these users are in close proximity. Furthermore, positional relationship b can indicate a high probability that there are no obstacles between these users. Group users tend to move around in the same area (e.g., a facility, room, etc.). If there is an obstacle, such as a wall, between users, the presence notification signal sent from user terminal 2 may not reach the other user terminal 2, or the reception strength may be low. Here, when the threshold is set to zero, the positional relationship b becomes such that these user terminals 2 are located in locations where the presence notification signal sent by user terminal 2 can reach the other user terminal 2. Whether the presence notification signal has reached the other user terminal 2 can be determined by whether the user ID is included in the signal reception source list. Assume that the user terminals 2 are a first user terminal 2 and a second user terminal 2. The signal strength of the presence notification signal sent from the first user terminal 2 when received by the second user terminal 2 may differ from the signal strength of the presence notification signal sent from the second user terminal 2 when received by the first user terminal 2. In this case, the group identification unit 1102 can also determine, for example, whether the average signal strength is greater than a threshold. Alternatively, the group identification unit 1102 can determine whether the signal strength of either party is greater than a threshold. Alternatively, the group identification unit 1102 can determine whether the signal strength of both parties is greater than a threshold.

位置關係c,係表示了這些使用者係有正在利用同一設施之可能性。例如,基於使用者終端2的位置資訊、和設施DB14b中所被記憶的設施位置資訊,就可特定出該使用者終端2是否正位於設施內、及該使用者終端2正位於哪個設施內。 Location relationship c indicates the possibility that these users are using the same facility. For example, based on the location information of user terminal 2 and the facility location information stored in facility DB 14b, it is possible to determine whether user terminal 2 is located within a facility and which facility it is located within.

所定位置關係是包含有位置關係a及b之其中至少任一方的情況下,團體特定部1102,係亦可以作為第 1使用者而特定之使用者的使用者終端2為基準,將距離是在所定距離以內或訊號強度是大於閾值的使用者終端2的利用使用者,特定成為與第1使用者隸屬於同一團體的使用者。例如,特定之使用者,係亦可為使用電子結帳應用程式來結帳費用的使用者。或者,團體特定部1102,係亦可將各使用者視為第1使用者並分別特定出使用者終端2間的位置關係,並綜合考慮這些位置關係,而特定出隸屬於同一團體的使用者。或者,團體特定部1102,係亦可使用聚類,而特定出彼此距離相近的使用者之團體或存在通知訊號的收訊強度為高的使用者之團體。 If the specified location relationship includes at least one of location relationships a and b, the group identifying unit 1102 may use user terminal 2 of the user identified as the first user as a reference and identify users using user terminal 2 who are within the specified distance or whose signal strength is greater than a threshold as users belonging to the same group as the first user. For example, the identified users may be users who pay using an electronic checkout application. Alternatively, the group identifying unit 1102 may treat each user as the first user, identify the location relationships between user terminals 2, and then, by comprehensively considering these location relationships, identify users belonging to the same group. Alternatively, the group identification unit 1102 may use clustering to identify a group of users who are close to each other or a group of users whose notification signal reception strength is high.

圖6係為團體之特定例的圖示。例如,假設呈現位置關係a且呈現位置關係b的使用者終端2的各個使用者,是隸屬於同一團體。圖6中係圖示了使用者U1~U5。各使用者係持有使用者終端2。在使用者U1~U5之中,例如將使用者U1假定為第1使用者。使用者U1,現在是位於餐廳110內。使用者U2~U5,係為位於從使用者U1起算之距離是未滿所定距離的使用者。因此,使用者U1與使用者U2~U5之各者是呈現位置關係a。使用者U2及U3,係位於餐廳110內。使用者U2所持有的使用者終端2及U3所持有的使用者終端2所分別發訊的存在通知訊號R2及R3,係會抵達使用者U1所持有的使用者終端2。因此,使用者U1與使用者U2及U3之各者是呈現位置關係b。因此,團體特定部1102係亦可判定為,使用者U1~U3是隸屬於同一團體。使用者U4,係位於餐廳110之外。使用者U4 所持有的使用者終端2所發訊之存在通知訊號R4,係被餐廳110之外牆所阻擋,而無法抵達使用者U1。使用者U5,係位於餐廳110內。然而,使用者U5所持有的使用者終端2所發訊之存在通知訊號R5,係被餐廳110之內牆111所阻擋,而無法抵達使用者U1。因此,團體特定部1102係亦可判定為,使用者U4及U5之任一者,皆不屬於與使用者U1所隸屬之團體相同之團體。 FIG6 is an illustration of a specific example of a group. For example, it is assumed that each user of the user terminal 2 that presents the position relationship a and the user that presents the position relationship b belongs to the same group. FIG6 illustrates users U1 to U5. Each user holds a user terminal 2. Among users U1 to U5, for example, user U1 is assumed to be the first user. User U1 is currently located in restaurant 110. Users U2 to U5 are users whose distance from user U1 is less than a predetermined distance. Therefore, user U1 and each of users U2 to U5 present a position relationship a. Users U2 and U3 are located in restaurant 110. Presence notification signals R2 and R3, respectively, sent by user terminal 2 owned by user U2 and user terminal 2 owned by user U3, reach user terminal 2 owned by user U1. Therefore, user U1, U2, and U3 each exhibit location relationship b. Therefore, group identification unit 1102 can also determine that users U1-U3 belong to the same group. User U4 is located outside restaurant 110. Presence notification signal R4 sent by user terminal 2 owned by user U4 is blocked by the exterior wall of restaurant 110 and cannot reach user U1. User U5 is located inside restaurant 110. However, the presence notification signal R5 sent by user terminal 2 owned by user U5 is blocked by the inner wall 111 of restaurant 110 and cannot reach user U1. Therefore, the group identification unit 1102 can also determine that neither user U4 nor U5 belongs to the same group as user U1.

團體特定部1102,係亦可以使用者終端2-1之位置資訊是表示了使用者終端2-1位於設施中達所定時間以上為條件,而特定出與第1使用者隸屬於同一團體的第2使用者。使用者為了利用設施,有時候,該使用者就必須停留在該設施中長達某種程度以上之時間。團體特定部1102係亦可藉由時間來判定,第1使用者是否正在利用該設施。在被推定為第1使用者正在利用設施,且使用者終端2-1與使用者終端2-2之間的位置關係,是呈現會被推定為第1使用者與第2使用者正在一起行動之位置關係的情況下,就可導出這些使用者正在一起利用設施此一推定。設施之利用上所需要的時間,係亦可全部設施皆為共通,亦可按照設施的每一類別而被規定。例如亦可規定成,在利用餐廳的情況下需要30分鐘以上之時間,而另一方面,在利用超級市場的情況下則需要5分鐘以上之時間。關於可以在某種程度短時間內就能利用的設施之類別,亦可不設定如此的時間之限制。 The group identification unit 1102 can also identify a second user who belongs to the same group as the first user, based on the condition that the location information of the user terminal 2-1 indicates that the user terminal 2-1 has been in the facility for a predetermined period of time or longer. In order to use a facility, a user may need to remain in the facility for a predetermined period of time or longer. The group identification unit 1102 can also determine whether the first user is using the facility based on time. If the first user is presumed to be using the facility, and the location relationship between the user terminal 2-1 and the user terminal 2-2 is such that the first user and the second user are presumed to be traveling together, it can be inferred that these users are using the facility together. The time required to use a facility can be common to all facilities or specified for each facility type. For example, a restaurant might require at least 30 minutes to use, while a supermarket might require at least 5 minutes. For facilities that can be used in a relatively short time, such time restrictions may not be imposed.

由於各使用者係可能隨時移動,因此使用者 終端2的位置關係也可能會隨著時間之經過而變化。因此,即使是隸屬於同一團體中的使用者之間,仍會發生這些使用者終端2的位置關係並非呈現所定位置關係之時間的情況。反之,即使是非隸屬於同一團體的使用者之間,仍會發生這些使用者終端2的位置關係是呈現所定位置關係之時間的情況。於是,位置關係資訊取得部1101係亦可將例如單位時間之中達所定比率以上之時間之期間,使用者終端2間的位置關係是呈現所定位置關係的這些使用者,判定成隸屬於同一團體的使用者。 Because users may move at any time, the locational relationship between user terminals 2 may change over time. Therefore, even among users belonging to the same group, there may be times when the locational relationship between these user terminals 2 does not exhibit a predetermined locational relationship. Conversely, even among users not belonging to the same group, there may be times when the locational relationship between these user terminals 2 exhibits a predetermined locational relationship. Therefore, the locational relationship information acquisition unit 1101 may determine that users whose locational relationship between their terminals exhibits a predetermined locational relationship for a period exceeding a predetermined percentage within a unit of time are considered to belong to the same group.

團體特定部1102,係亦可在異於使用者終端2-1的至少一個使用者終端2之中,從使用者終端2-1位於設施之外時的與該使用者終端2-1之間的位置關係是呈現所定位置關係的使用者終端2的利用使用者之中,特定出與第1使用者隸屬於同一團體的第2使用者。此情況下的所定位置關係亦可為例如:當第1使用者與第2使用者是正以團體來行動時、或當這些使用者正在一起行動時會被觀察到的這些使用者所持有的使用者終端2間的位置關係。亦可從此情況下的所定位置關係,將位置關係c排除在外。第1使用者所隸屬之團體正在利用設施時,非隸屬於該團體的使用者也會有正在利用該設施的情況。此情況下,即使是非隸屬於該團體的使用者,與第1使用者之位置關係是呈現所定位置關係的使用者,也是有可能存在。當位於設施之外時,相較於位於設施之中的時候,使用者發生移動的時間會比較長。因此,當位於設施之外時,隸屬於某 個團體的使用者與非隸屬於該團體的使用者之位置關係,係不會呈現所定位置關係,或者非呈現所定位置關係的時間會變長。藉由判定在設施外的位置關係,就可將隸屬於團體之可能性為低的使用者,予以排除。位置關係資訊取得部1101,係亦可使用第1使用者在設施內移動之前的位置關係。此情況下亦可預先定義,要從第1使用者在設施內移動的幾個小時前就開始將位置關係加以特定。或者,位置關係資訊取得部1101,係亦可使用第1使用者移動到設施外之後的位置關係。此情況下亦可預先定義,要從第1使用者移動到設施外的幾個小時後才開始將位置關係加以特定。或者,亦可分別針對第1使用者所做的往設施的移動前及移動後,而將位置關係加以特定。位置關係資訊取得部1101係亦可從,使用者位於設施外時,單位時間之中長達所定比率之時間以上之期間,與使用者終端2間之位置關係仍是呈現所定位置關係的這些使用者之中,特定出隸屬於同一團體的使用者。 The group identifying unit 1102 may also identify a second user belonging to the same group as the first user, from among the users of user terminals 2 that exhibit a predetermined locational relationship with user terminal 2-1, among at least one user terminal 2 other than user terminal 2-1, when user terminal 2-1 is outside the facility. The predetermined locational relationship in this case may be, for example, a locational relationship between user terminals 2 held by the first and second users that would be observed when the first and second users are traveling together or as a group. Locational relationship c may also be excluded from the predetermined locational relationship in this case. When the group to which the first user belongs is using the facility, users not belonging to the group may also be using the facility. In this case, even users who are not members of the group may still have a predetermined location relationship with the first user. When outside the facility, users take longer to move than when inside. Therefore, when outside the facility, the location relationship between a user belonging to a group and a user not belonging to the group may not show a predetermined location relationship, or the duration of the non-prescribed location relationship may be longer. By determining the location relationship outside the facility, users with a low probability of belonging to the group can be excluded. The location relationship information acquisition unit 1101 may also use the location relationship of the first user before moving inside the facility. In this case, it may be predefined to begin identifying the location relationship from a certain number of hours before the first user moves into the facility. Alternatively, the location relationship information acquisition unit 1101 may use the location relationship after the first user moves outside the facility. In this case, it may be predefined to begin identifying the location relationship from a certain number of hours after the first user moves outside the facility. Alternatively, the location relationship may be identified separately for the first user before and after their movement into the facility. The location relationship information acquisition unit 1101 may also identify users belonging to the same group from among those users whose location relationship with the two user terminals remains the same for a predetermined percentage of time or longer within a unit time period while the user is outside the facility.

圖7係為團體之特定例的圖示。假設呈現位置關係a且呈現位置關係b的使用者終端2的各個使用者,是隸屬於同一團體。圖7中係圖示了使用者U1~U4。各使用者係持有使用者終端2。例如將使用者U1假定為第1使用者。如圖7(a)所示,使用者U1~U4是位於屋外。使用者U1及U2,係相互接近而移動。使用者U2所持有的使用者終端2所發訊之存在通知訊號R2,係會抵達使用者U1所持有的使用者終端2。使用者U3及使用者U4,係在遠離使用者 U1相當程度的場所中做移動。又,使用者U3所持有的使用者終端2及U4所持有的使用者終端2所分別發訊之存在通知訊號R3及R4,係無法抵達使用者U1所持有的使用者終端2。 Figure 7 illustrates a specific example of a group. It is assumed that the users of user terminals 2 exhibiting positional relationship a and positional relationship b belong to the same group. Figure 7 illustrates users U1 through U4. Each user possesses a user terminal 2. For example, user U1 is assumed to be the first user. As shown in Figure 7(a), users U1 through U4 are located outdoors. Users U1 and U2 are moving toward each other. The presence notification signal R2 transmitted by user terminal 2 owned by user U2 reaches user terminal 2 owned by user U1. Users U3 and U4 are moving in locations that are quite far from user U1. Furthermore, the presence notification signals R3 and R4 sent by user terminal 2 owned by user U3 and user terminal 2 owned by user U4, respectively, cannot reach user terminal 2 owned by user U1.

其後,如圖7(b)所示,使用者U1~U4,係彼此在相同的時間帶,造訪餐廳120。使用者U1與使用者U2~U4各者之間的距離係未滿所定距離。又,使用者U2、U3及U4各者的使用者終端2所發訊之存在通知訊號R2、R3及R4,係會抵達使用者U1所持有的使用者終端2。在只根據餐廳120內的位置關係來做判定的情況下,使用者U1~U4會被判定成隸屬於同一團體中。然而,於屋外時,雖然使用者U1與使用者U2之間的位置關係是呈現所定位置關係,但另一方面,使用者U1與使用者U3及U4各者之間的位置關係並非呈現所定位置關係。於是,團體特定部1102係亦可為,使用者U1及U2是判定成隸屬於同一團體,同時,使用者U3及U4是判定成與使用者U1非屬同一團體。 Subsequently, as shown in FIG7(b), users U1 to U4 visit restaurant 120 at the same time. The distance between user U1 and each of users U2 to U4 is less than the predetermined distance. Furthermore, the presence notification signals R2, R3, and R4 sent by user terminals 2 of users U2, U3, and U4 arrive at user terminal 2 owned by user U1. If the determination is made based solely on the positional relationship within restaurant 120, users U1 to U4 are determined to belong to the same group. However, outside, although the positional relationship between user U1 and user U2 shows the predetermined positional relationship, the positional relationship between user U1 and each of users U3 and U4 does not show the predetermined positional relationship. Therefore, the group identification unit 1102 may also determine that users U1 and U2 belong to the same group, while users U3 and U4 are determined not to belong to the same group as user U1.

如後述,隨應於隸屬於團體的第1使用者,對使用者終端2用來對設施進行支付費用之結帳所需之操作而進行結帳處理的情況下,電子結帳伺服器1係執行,用來讓該團體之其他成員向第1使用者進行匯款所需之處理。團體特定部1102,係亦可在結帳被進行之前就特定出團體,亦可在結帳被進行的時間點上,特定出團體。 As described later, when a first user belonging to a group performs billing processing on user terminal 2 to pay for a facility, the electronic billing server 1 executes processing to allow other members of the group to transfer funds to the first user. The group identification unit 1102 can identify the group before or during billing.

[1-3-2.結帳] [1-3-2. Checkout]

結帳要求收訊部1103,係亦可接收結帳要求,其係表示,利用了隸屬於使用者之團體的任一第1使用者所利用之使用者終端2-1的結帳之要求。該結帳,係亦可為第1使用者所支付的費用之結帳。使用者之團體,係亦可為已經被團體特定部1102所特定之團體或從其中所特定出來之團體。 The billing request receiving unit 1103 can also receive a billing request, which indicates a billing request from a first user belonging to a user group who has used the user terminal 2-1. This billing may also be for charges paid by the first user. The user group may be the group already identified by the group identifying unit 1102 or a group identified therefrom.

結帳要求,係亦可含有例如:支付費用的第1使用者的使用者ID、支付對象的設施之設施ID、結帳手段資訊、結帳額等。結帳要求收訊部1103,係例如亦可從使用者終端2-1接收結帳要求,亦可從POS系統等之系統接收結帳要求。 The payment request may include, for example, the user ID of the first user making the payment, the facility ID of the payment destination, payment method information, and the payment amount. The payment request receiving unit 1103 may receive the payment request from, for example, the user terminal 2-1 or a system such as a POS system.

結帳部1104,係隨應於結帳要求已被結帳要求收訊部1103所接收,而進行費用之結帳。例如結帳手段是R電子貨幣的情況下,結帳部1104係亦可基於結帳要求中所含之使用者ID及結帳額,執行從電子貨幣餘額DB14c中所被記憶之第1使用者之餘額,減去結帳額的處理。又,結帳部1104係亦可執行,對支付對象之設施中的以R電子貨幣來計的營業額之金額,加算結帳額的處理。結帳手段是信用卡的情況下,結帳部1104係亦可將第1使用者之卡片資訊,加以取得。卡片資訊係亦可含有例如:卡號、有效期限、名義人之姓名等。例如,在記憶部14中,亦可針對各使用者,記憶有已被登錄至電子結帳應用程式的卡片之資訊。結帳部1104,係使用卡片資訊,來執行將 費用予以結帳的處理。結帳方法,係亦可為使用到信用卡的公知之結帳方法。 The billing unit 1104 settles the charges in response to the billing request received by the billing request receiving unit 1103. For example, if the billing method is R electronic currency, the billing unit 1104 may subtract the billing amount from the first user's balance stored in the electronic currency balance DB 14c based on the user ID and billing amount included in the billing request. Furthermore, the billing unit 1104 may add the billing amount to the R electronic currency sales amount of the payment destination facility. If the billing method is a credit card, the billing unit 1104 may also obtain the first user's card information. Card information may also include, for example, the card number, expiration date, and the name of the cardholder. For example, the memory unit 14 may store information about cards registered to an electronic payment application for each user. The payment unit 1104 uses this card information to process the payment. The payment method may be a known payment method using a credit card.

一旦結帳完成,結帳部1104係亦可將結帳日誌,記憶在結帳履歷DB14d中。此時,結帳部1104係亦可生成新的交易號碼。結帳部1104,係亦可基於所生成的新的交易號碼,和結帳要求中所含之使用者ID、結帳手段資訊、設施ID及結帳額,來生成結帳日誌。 Once checkout is complete, the checkout unit 1104 may also store the checkout log in the checkout history DB 14d. At this time, the checkout unit 1104 may also generate a new transaction number. The checkout unit 1104 may also generate a checkout log based on the generated new transaction number and the user ID, checkout method information, facility ID, and checkout amount included in the checkout request.

[1-3-3.分攤付款所需之匯款] [1-3-3. Remittance required for split payment]

一旦結帳完成,結帳部1104係亦可將表示結帳完成之意旨的結帳完成畫面,令使用者終端2-1做顯示。結帳完成畫面係亦可為例如:是否選擇將所被結帳之費用之一部分以分攤付款方式讓其他成員來進行支付的操作係為可能的畫面。結帳部1104,係亦可將相當於結帳完成畫面的網頁,發送至使用者終端2-1。 Once checkout is complete, the checkout unit 1104 may display a checkout completion screen on the user terminal 2-1 indicating that checkout is complete. For example, the checkout completion screen may include a screen that allows users to choose to share a portion of the bill with other members. The checkout unit 1104 may also send a webpage equivalent to the checkout completion screen to the user terminal 2-1.

圖8係為結帳完成畫面210之一例的圖示。如圖8所示,結帳完成畫面210係亦可含有例如:分攤付款訊息211、認可鈕212及否認鈕213。完成訊息211,係為詢問是否進行分攤付款的訊息。認可鈕212係為,用來認可分攤付款而可進行操作的按鈕。否認鈕213係為,用來否認分攤付款而可進行操作的按鈕。 Figure 8 illustrates an example of a checkout completion screen 210. As shown in Figure 8, the checkout completion screen 210 may also include, for example, a split payment message 211, an approval button 212, and a rejection button 213. The completion message 211 asks whether to proceed with the split payment. The approval button 212 allows the user to approve the split payment. The rejection button 213 allows the user to reject the split payment.

請款對象資訊送訊部1105,係亦可將表示已被團體特定部1102所特定之第2使用者的暫定請款對象資訊,發送至使用者終端2-1。暫定請款對象資訊,係亦可 將第2使用者,當作負擔金的請款對象之使用者而表示。例如,暫定請款對象資訊,係亦可含有第2使用者的使用者ID或姓名等。請款對象資訊送訊部1105係亦可例如,只有在結帳完成畫面210中認可鈕212被第1使用者所操作的情況下,才發送暫定請款對象資訊。 The payment target information transmission unit 1105 may also transmit tentative payment target information indicating the second user identified by the group identification unit 1102 to the user terminal 2-1. The tentative payment target information may also indicate the second user as the user to whom payment is to be made. For example, the tentative payment target information may include the second user's user ID or name. The payment target information transmission unit 1105 may also transmit the tentative payment target information only if the first user clicks the approval button 212 on the checkout completion screen 210.

請款對象資訊送訊部1105,係亦可將根據暫定請款對象資訊而被表示的負擔金的請款對象之使用者讓第1使用者進行確認及編輯所需之請款對象編輯畫面,令使用者終端2-1做顯示。請款對象之使用者的編輯係亦可包含,請款對象之使用者的追加及刪除之其中至少任一方。請款對象資訊送訊部1105,係亦可將例如相當於請款對象編輯畫面的網頁,發送至使用者終端2-1。該網頁,係亦可含有暫定請款對象資訊。 The payment target information transmission unit 1105 can also display a payment target editing screen on the user terminal 2-1, allowing the first user to confirm and edit the payment target user whose payment is indicated based on the provisional payment target information. Editing the payment target user can also include at least one of adding and deleting payment target users. The payment target information transmission unit 1105 can also send a webpage corresponding to the payment target editing screen to the user terminal 2-1. This webpage can also include the provisional payment target information.

圖9係為請款對象編輯畫面220之一例的圖示。如圖9所示,請款對象編輯畫面220係亦可含有:1或複數個請款對象資訊221、追加鈕222、及下一步鈕223。各請款對象資訊221中係被顯示有,已被團體特定部1102所特定之第2使用者的姓名。各請款對象資訊221,係亦可含有刪除鈕224。刪除鈕224係為,用來將藉由請款對象資訊221而被表示的第2使用者從請款對象之使用者予以刪除,而可進行操作的按鈕。一旦刪除鈕224被操作,則含有該刪除鈕224的請款對象資訊221,就會從請款對象編輯畫面被消去。追加鈕222係為,用來追加請款對象之使用者而可進行操作的按鈕。一旦追加鈕222被操作,則使用 者終端2-1係亦可顯示出例如請款對象追加畫面。請款對象追加畫面係亦可含有例如電話號碼或電子郵件的輸入欄。一旦第1使用者輸入電話號碼或電子郵件,則請款對象資訊送訊部1105,係將含有已被輸入之電話號碼或電子郵件的使用者資訊,從使用者終端DB14a檢索出來。請款對象資訊送訊部1105,係亦可將已被檢索到的使用者資訊中所含之使用者ID及姓名,發送至使用者終端2-1。使用者終端2-1,係亦可在請款對象追加畫面中,顯示從電子結帳伺服器1所被發送過來的姓名。一旦第1使用者進行,將藉由所被顯示之姓名而被表示之使用者當作請款對象而予以追加的操作,則使用者終端2-1係亦可將請款對象追加畫面予以消去然後將請款對象編輯畫面220予以再次顯示,將所被追加之使用者所對應之請款對象資訊221,追加至請款對象編輯畫面220。下一步鈕223係為,用來將藉由請款對象編輯畫面220中目前正被顯示之請款對象資訊221而被表示的使用者,暫時確定成為請款對象之使用者,而可進行操作的按鈕。 Figure 9 illustrates an example of a payment request object edit screen 220. As shown in Figure 9, the payment request object edit screen 220 may also include one or more payment request object information 221, an add button 222, and a next button 223. Each payment request object information 221 displays the name of the second user identified by the group identification unit 1102. Each payment request object information 221 may also include a delete button 224. The delete button 224 is used to delete the second user identified in the payment request object information 221 from the payment request object users. When the delete button 224 is pressed, the payment subject information 221 containing the delete button 224 is deleted from the payment subject edit screen. The add button 222 is used to add a user to the payment subject. When the add button 222 is pressed, the user terminal 2-1 may display, for example, a payment subject addition screen. The payment subject addition screen may also include, for example, an input field for a phone number or email address. When the first user enters a phone number or email address, the payment subject information sending unit 1105 retrieves the user information containing the entered phone number or email address from the user terminal DB 14a. The payment target information transmission unit 1105 can also transmit the user ID and name contained in the retrieved user information to the user terminal 2-1. The user terminal 2-1 can also display the name sent from the electronic billing server 1 on the payment target addition screen. Once the first user adds the user indicated by the displayed name as a payment target, the user terminal 2-1 can also clear the payment target addition screen and re-display the payment target editing screen 220, adding the payment target information 221 corresponding to the added user to the payment target editing screen 220. The Next button 223 is used to temporarily confirm the user indicated by the payment target information 221 currently displayed on the payment target edit screen 220 as the payment target user, allowing operations to be performed.

編輯請款對象資訊取得部1106,係亦可隨應於用來編輯藉由已被請款對象資訊送訊部1105所發送之暫定請款對象資訊而被表示之負擔金的請款對象之使用者的操作被使用者終端2-1所受理,而將表示編輯後之請款對象之使用者的編輯請款對象資訊,加以取得。例如,於請款對象編輯畫面220中一旦第1使用者操作了下一步鈕223,使用者終端2-1係亦可將含有藉由請款對象編輯畫面 220中所被顯示之各請款對象資訊221而被表示之使用者的使用者ID的編輯請款對象資訊,發送至電子結帳伺服器1。 The edited payment target information acquisition unit 1106 can also acquire the edited payment target information of the user representing the edited payment target in response to user terminal 2-1 receiving an operation by the user to edit the payment target indicated by the provisional payment target information sent by the payment target information transmission unit 1105. For example, if the first user clicks the next button 223 on the payment target edit screen 220, user terminal 2-1 can also transmit the edited payment target information, including the user ID of the user indicated by each payment target information 221 displayed on the payment target edit screen 220, to the electronic billing server 1.

負擔金額取得部1107,係在隨應於已被結帳要求收訊部1103所接收之結帳要求而被結帳的費用之金額之中,作為負擔金的請款對象之使用者,而將要向與第1使用者隸屬於同一團體的第2使用者進行請款的負擔金之金額,加以取得。負擔金額取得部1107,係亦可針對已被團體特定部1102所特定之各第2使用者,將負擔金額加以取得。負擔金額取得部1107,係亦可例如在結帳部1104所致之結帳已經結束後,將負擔金額加以取得。 The share amount acquisition unit 1107 acquires the share amount to be charged to a second user belonging to the same group as the first user, from the amount of charges settled in response to the billing request received by the billing request receiving unit 1103. The share amount acquisition unit 1107 can also acquire the share amount for each second user identified by the group identification unit 1102. For example, the share amount acquisition unit 1107 can also acquire the share amount after billing by the billing unit 1104 is completed.

在藉由編輯請款對象資訊取得部1106而從使用者終端2-1接收到編輯請款對象資訊的情況下,負擔金額取得部1107,係亦可在編輯請款對象資訊之收訊後,將負擔金額加以取得。此情況下,負擔金額取得部1107,係亦可針對藉由編輯請款對象資訊而被表示的編輯後之請款對象之各使用者,將負擔金額加以取得。 When the edited payment target information acquisition unit 1106 receives the edited payment target information from the user terminal 2-1, the account balance acquisition unit 1107 can also acquire the account balance after receiving the edited payment target information. In this case, the account balance acquisition unit 1107 can also acquire the account balance for each user of the edited payment target indicated by the edited payment target information.

負擔金額取得部1107,係亦可基於所被結帳的費用之金額,而自動地決定負擔金額。負擔金額取得部1107,係亦可使得也包含了第1使用者在內的團體中所含之全體成員的負擔金額之合計是與費用之金額一致的方式,來決定各成員的負擔金額。例如,負擔金額取得部1107,係亦可將費用之金額除以團體的成員之人數,以算出每1人的負擔金額。 The payment amount acquisition unit 1107 may also automatically determine the payment amount based on the amount of the billed charge. The payment amount acquisition unit 1107 may also determine each member's payment amount so that the total payment amount of all members of the group, including the first user, matches the amount of the bill. For example, the payment amount acquisition unit 1107 may divide the bill amount by the number of members in the group to calculate the payment amount per person.

暫定負擔金額資訊送訊部1108,係亦可將表示已被負擔金額取得部1107所取得之負擔金額的暫定負擔金額資訊,發送至使用者終端2-1。暫定負擔金額資訊,係亦可針對已被團體特定部所特定或藉由編輯請款對象資訊而被表示的各使用者,而包含有該使用者的使用者ID、姓名、及負擔金額。 The provisional liability amount information transmission unit 1108 can also transmit provisional liability amount information indicating the liability amount obtained by the liability amount acquisition unit 1107 to the user terminal 2-1. The provisional liability amount information can also include the user ID, name, and liability amount for each user identified by the group identification unit or identified by editing the payment target information.

暫定負擔金額資訊送訊部1108,係亦可將用來讓第1使用者確認及變更各使用者之負擔金額所需之負擔金額編輯畫面,令使用者終端2-1做顯示。暫定負擔金額資訊送訊部1108,係亦可將例如相當於負擔金額編輯畫面的網頁,發送至使用者終端2-1。該網頁,係亦可含有暫定負擔金額資訊。 The provisional liability amount information transmission unit 1108 may also display a liability amount editing screen on the user terminal 2-1, which is used for the first user to confirm and change each user's liability amount. The provisional liability amount information transmission unit 1108 may also send a webpage, for example, equivalent to the liability amount editing screen, to the user terminal 2-1. This webpage may also include provisional liability amount information.

圖10係為負擔金額編輯畫面230之一例的圖示。如圖10所示,負擔金額編輯畫面230係亦可含有:1或複數個負擔使用者資訊231、返回鈕235、及確認鈕236。負擔使用者資訊231,係為關於要負擔所被結帳之費用之至少一部分之使用者的資訊。在負擔金額編輯畫面230中,係亦可被顯示有對應於各第2使用者的負擔使用者資訊231,同時,含有對應於第1使用者的負擔使用者資訊231。各負擔使用者資訊231,係亦可含有使用者的姓名。又,各負擔使用者資訊231,係亦可含有金額輸入欄232、增額鈕233及減額鈕234。金額輸入欄232中係被顯示有,已被負擔金額取得部1107所取得之負擔金額。藉由操作負擔金額取得部1107,第1使用者亦可變更負擔金額。增額 鈕233係為,用來使金額輸入欄232中所被顯示之負擔金額增額所定額所需之按鈕。減額鈕234係為,用來使金額輸入欄232中所被顯示之負擔金額減額所定額所需之按鈕。返回鈕235係為,用來使請款對象編輯畫面220被再次顯示所需之按鈕。確認鈕236係為,用來將各金額輸入欄232中目前正被顯示之負擔金額,暫時確定成為最終的負擔金額所需之按鈕。亦可只有在全體使用者的負擔金額之合計,是與所被結帳之費用之金額一致的情況下,確認鈕236才變成可以按下。一旦確認鈕236被操作,則使用者終端2-1,係亦可顯示出請款確認畫面。請款確認畫面中亦可被顯示有,各使用者的姓名及負擔金額。於請款確認畫面中,第1使用者係可進行,用來確定請款對象之使用者及各使用者之負擔金額的操作。 Figure 10 illustrates an example of a payment amount edit screen 230. As shown in Figure 10, the payment amount edit screen 230 may also include one or more payment user information 231, a return button 235, and a confirmation button 236. The payment user information 231 is information about the user who will be responsible for at least a portion of the billed charges. The payment amount edit screen 230 may also display payment user information 231 corresponding to each second user, along with payment user information 231 corresponding to the first user. Each payment user information 231 may also include the user's name. Furthermore, each contributing user information 231 may also include an amount input field 232, an increase button 233, and a decrease button 234. The contribution amount acquired by the contribution amount acquisition unit 1107 is displayed in the amount input field 232. By operating the contribution amount acquisition unit 1107, the first user can also change the contribution amount. The increase button 233 is used to increase the contribution amount displayed in the amount input field 232 by a certain amount. Decrease button 234 is used to decrement the payment amount displayed in amount input field 232 by a predetermined amount. Return button 235 is used to redisplay the payment request object edit screen 220. Confirm button 236 is used to temporarily confirm the payment amount currently displayed in amount input field 232 as the final payment amount. Confirm button 236 may only be clickable when the total payment amount of all users matches the amount of the expense being settled. Once the confirmation button 236 is pressed, the user terminal 2-1 will display a payment request confirmation screen. The payment request confirmation screen will also display the name of each user and the amount to be paid. On the payment request confirmation screen, the first user can perform operations to confirm the users to whom the payment request is to be made and the amount to be paid by each user.

變更負擔金額資訊取得部1109,係亦可隨應於用來變更藉由已被暫定負擔金額資訊送訊部1108所發送之暫定負擔金額資訊而被表示之負擔金額的操作被使用者終端2-1所受理,而將表示變更後之負擔金額的變更負擔金額資訊,加以取得。例如,於請款確認畫面中一旦確定之操作被進行,則使用者終端2-1係亦可將變更負擔金額資訊,發送至電子結帳伺服器1。變更負擔金額資訊係亦可含有例如:第1使用者的使用者ID及變更後之負擔金額、以及負擔金之請款對象之各使用者的使用者ID及變更後之負擔金額。 The changed liability amount information acquisition unit 1109 can also acquire changed liability amount information indicating the changed liability amount in response to the user terminal 2-1 accepting an operation to change the liability amount indicated by the provisional liability amount information sent by the provisional liability amount information transmission unit 1108. For example, once a confirmation operation is performed on the payment request confirmation screen, the user terminal 2-1 can also transmit the changed liability amount information to the electronic checkout server 1. The changed contribution amount information may also include, for example, the user ID of the first user and the changed contribution amount, as well as the user ID and the changed contribution amount of each user to whom the contribution is being charged.

負擔金額資訊送訊部1110,係亦可將表示已 被負擔金額取得部1107所取得之負擔金額的負擔金額資訊,發送至第2使用者所利用的使用者終端2-2。在已被變更負擔金額資訊取得部1109取得了變更負擔金額資訊的情況下,負擔金額資訊送訊部1110係亦可將變更負擔金額資訊,當作負擔金額資訊而發送。又,在已被編輯請款對象資訊取得部1106取得了編輯請款對象資訊的情況下,負擔金額資訊送訊部1110係亦可向藉由編輯請款對象資訊而被表示的費用之請款對象之使用者所利用的使用者終端2-2,發送負擔金額資訊。 The burden amount information transmission unit 1110 may also transmit burden amount information indicating the burden amount acquired by the burden amount acquisition unit 1107 to the user terminal 2-2 used by the second user. If the modified burden amount information acquisition unit 1109 acquires the changed burden amount information, the burden amount information transmission unit 1110 may also transmit the changed burden amount information as the burden amount information. Furthermore, when the edited billing target information acquisition unit 1106 acquires the edited billing target information, the payment amount information transmission unit 1110 can also transmit the payment amount information to the user terminal 2-2 used by the user who is the billing target for the expense indicated by the edited billing target information.

負擔金額資訊送訊部1110,係亦可發送負擔金額資訊,而使該負擔金額資訊被使用者終端2-2進行提示。例如,負擔金額資訊送訊部1110,係亦可將用來從第2使用者往第1使用者匯款負擔金所需之請款畫面,令使用者終端2-2做顯示。負擔金額資訊送訊部1110,係亦可將相當於請款畫面的網頁,發送至使用者終端2-1。該網頁,係亦可含有負擔金額。又,該網頁係亦可含有:作為匯款來源使用者ID的第2使用者的使用者ID、及作為匯款目標使用者ID的第1使用者的使用者ID。 The payment amount information transmission unit 1110 can also transmit payment amount information, causing the payment amount information to be displayed on the user terminal 2-2. For example, the payment amount information transmission unit 1110 can also cause the user terminal 2-2 to display a payment request screen required for transferring payment from the second user to the first user. The payment amount information transmission unit 1110 can also transmit a webpage equivalent to the payment request screen to the user terminal 2-1. This webpage can also include the payment amount. Furthermore, the webpage may also include the user ID of the second user, which is the remittance source user ID, and the user ID of the first user, which is the remittance destination user ID.

圖11係為請款畫面310之一例的圖示。如圖11所示,請款畫面310係亦可含有:結帳資訊311、負擔金額資訊312、匯款鈕313、加值鈕314、非匯款鈕315。結帳資訊311係亦可含有:結帳日、所被結帳的費用之支付對象的設施之名稱、結帳額等。負擔金額資訊312係表示,顯示出請款畫面的使用者終端2-2的利用使用者所需負擔 的金額。匯款鈕313係為,用來將負擔金額以R電子貨幣進行匯款所需之按鈕。一旦匯款鈕313被操作,則使用者終端2-2係亦可顯示出例如匯款確認畫面。匯款確認畫面中亦可含有:作為匯款來源之使用者的第2使用者的姓名、作為匯款目標之使用者的第1使用者的姓名、及作為匯款額的負擔金額。第2使用者係可進行,以藉由匯款確認畫面而被表示之內容來執行匯款所需之操作。加值鈕314係為,用來加值R電子貨幣而可進行操作的按鈕。一旦加值鈕314被操作,則使用者終端2-2,係亦可顯示出例如加值畫面。第2使用者,係可依照加值畫面,來加值R電子貨幣。一旦加值完成,使用者終端2-2係亦可令請款畫面310被再次顯示。非匯款鈕315係為,不執行匯款,用來令電子結帳應用程式的所定之主畫面做顯示而可進行操作的按鈕。 Figure 11 illustrates an example of a payment request screen 310. As shown in Figure 11, the payment request screen 310 may include payment information 311, payment amount information 312, a transfer button 313, a top-up button 314, and a non-transfer button 315. The payment information 311 may include the payment date, the name of the facility to which the payment is to be made, and the payment amount. Payment amount information 312 indicates the amount that the user of the user terminal 2-2 displaying the payment request screen must pay. The transfer button 313 is used to transfer the payment amount in R electronic currency. Once the remittance button 313 is operated, the user terminal 2-2 may also display, for example, a remittance confirmation screen. The remittance confirmation screen may also include the name of the second user, the remittance source, the name of the first user, the remittance destination, and the remittance amount. The second user can perform the operations required for the remittance according to the contents displayed on the remittance confirmation screen. The top-up button 314 is a button for adding R electronic currency. Once the top-up button 314 is operated, the user terminal 2-2 may also display, for example, a top-up screen. The second user can add R electronic currency according to the top-up screen. Once the top-up is complete, the user terminal 2-2 can also display the payment request screen 310 again. The non-transfer button 315 is a button that does not execute the transfer and is used to display the designated main screen of the electronic checkout application so that operations can be performed.

匯款要求收訊部1111,係亦可隨應於接收到已被負擔金額資訊送訊部1110所發送之負擔金額資訊的使用者終端2-2受理了匯款之操作,而從使用者終端2-2,將表示從第2使用者給第1使用者的匯款之要求的匯款要求,予以接收。例如,於匯款確認畫面中一旦匯款執行之操作被進行,則使用者終端2-2係亦可將匯款要求,發送至電子結帳伺服器1。匯款要求係亦可含有:作為匯款來源使用者ID的第2使用者使用者ID,作為匯款目標使用者ID的第1使用者使用者ID、及作為匯款額的負擔金額。 In response to user terminal 2-2 accepting the remittance operation after receiving the committed amount information sent by committed amount information sending unit 1110, remittance request receiving unit 1111 can also receive a remittance request from user terminal 2-2, indicating a remittance request from the second user to the first user. For example, once a remittance execution operation is performed on the remittance confirmation screen, user terminal 2-2 can also transmit the remittance request to electronic checkout server 1. The remittance request can also include the second user's user ID as the remittance source user ID, the first user's user ID as the remittance destination user ID, and the committed amount as the remittance amount.

匯款部1112,係亦可隨應於匯款要求被匯款 要求收訊部1111所接收,而執行從第2使用者往第1使用者將負擔金進行匯款之處理。例如,匯款部1112,係亦可將電子貨幣餘額DB14c中與匯款要求中所含之匯款來源使用者ID相同使用者ID所被建立關連的餘額,減去匯款要求中所含之匯款額。又,匯款部1112,係亦可將電子貨幣餘額DB14c中與匯款要求中所含之匯款目標使用者ID相同使用者ID所被建立關連的餘額,加上匯款要求中所含之匯款額。如此一來,匯款部1112係亦可將第1使用者及第2使用者各自的餘額予以更新。 Remittance unit 1112 can also process a remittance from the second user to the first user in response to a remittance request received by remittance request receiving unit 1111. For example, remittance unit 1112 can deduct the remittance amount included in the remittance request from the balance in the electronic currency balance DB 14c associated with the same user ID as the source user ID included in the remittance request. Alternatively, remittance unit 1112 can add the remittance amount included in the remittance request to the balance in the electronic currency balance DB 14c associated with the same user ID as the destination user ID included in the remittance request. In this way, the remittance unit 1112 can also update the balances of the first user and the second user.

一旦匯款完成,匯款部1112係亦可將匯款日誌,記憶在匯款履歷DB14e中。此時,匯款部1112係亦可生成新的匯款號碼。匯款部1112,係亦可基於所生成之匯款號碼、與匯款要求中所含之匯款來源使用者ID、匯款目標使用者ID及匯款額,來生成匯款日誌。 Once the remittance is completed, the remittance unit 1112 may also store the remittance log in the remittance history DB 14e. At this time, the remittance unit 1112 may also generate a new remittance number. The remittance unit 1112 may also generate a remittance log based on the generated remittance number and the remittance source user ID, remittance destination user ID, and remittance amount included in the remittance request.

此外,系統控制部11,係亦可只有在使用者終端2-1位於任一設施時對該設施支付費用所需之結帳要求被發送過來的情況下,才會執行以分攤付款方式從第2使用者往第1使用者進行匯款所需之處理。或者,系統控制部11,係亦可只有在使用者終端2-1位於從任一設施起算所定距離以內時對該設施支付費用所需之結帳要求被發送過來的情況下,才會執行以分攤付款方式從第2使用者往第1使用者進行匯款所需之處理。或者,系統控制部11,係亦可在對任一設施支付費用所需之結帳要求被發送過來之後,第1使用者移動到其的情況下,也會執行以分 攤付款方式從第2使用者往第1使用者進行匯款所需之處理。 Furthermore, the system control unit 11 may execute the processing required to transfer funds from the second user to the first user using the split payment method only when a billing request is sent to the user terminal 2-1 for payment of a fee at a facility. Alternatively, the system control unit 11 may execute the processing required to transfer funds from the second user to the first user using the split payment method only when a billing request is sent to the user terminal 2-1 for payment of a fee at a facility while the user terminal 2-1 is within a predetermined distance from the facility. Alternatively, after a billing request is sent to pay for a facility, if the first user moves to that facility, the system control unit 11 may also execute the necessary processing to transfer funds from the second user to the first user using the split payment method.

[1-3-4.贈禮的賦予] [1-3-4. Giving Gifts]

贈禮賦予部1113,係亦可隨應於匯款處理已被匯款部1112所執行,而執行向第1使用者及第2使用者之其中至少任一方賦予贈禮之處理。贈禮賦予部1113,係亦可只對第1使用者及進行了匯款的第2使用者之其中任一方賦予贈禮,亦可對雙方都賦予贈禮。 The gift granting unit 1113 may also grant a gift to at least one of the first user and the second user, in response to the remittance processing already being executed by the remittance unit 1112. The gift granting unit 1113 may grant a gift to only one of the first user and the second user who made the remittance, or to both.

贈禮賦予部1113係亦可將,與使用到電子結帳應用程式的費用之支付對象之設施不同的設施之中,可在位於從支付對象之設施起算所定範圍內的設施中做利用的贈禮,賦予給第2使用者。或者,贈禮賦予部1113係亦可將該贈禮,賦予給第1使用者。作為可在設施中做利用的贈禮之例子,可舉出優惠券。作為位於從支付對象之設施起算所定範圍內的設施之例子,可舉出:從支付對象之設施起算之直線距離是在所定距離以內的設施、從支付對象之設施起算之沿著路徑之移動距離是在所定距離以內的設施、從支付對象之設施起算之移動時間是所定時間以內的設施、與支付對象之設施位於同一領域的設施等。作為領域的例子,可舉出市區町村、城市、里、街區等。團體,係位於支付對象之設施中或在其附近。藉由賦予贈禮,就可促使贈禮的賦予對象之使用者或團體,利用位於團體所在場所之附近的別的設施。 The gift giving unit 1113 may also give a gift to the second user, which is usable at a facility other than the facility for which the electronic payment application was paid, but is within a predetermined range from the facility for which the payment was made. Alternatively, the gift giving unit 1113 may also give the gift to the first user. An example of a gift usable at a facility is a coupon. Examples of facilities located within a specified range from the facility to which payment is made include facilities within a specified linear distance from the facility to which payment is made, facilities within a specified distance along a route from the facility to which payment is made, facilities within a specified travel time from the facility to which payment is made, and facilities located in the same area as the facility to which payment is made. Examples of areas include city districts, towns, cities, villages, and neighborhoods. Groups are located within or near the facility to which payment is made. By providing gifts, the user or group to whom the gift is given is encouraged to use other facilities located near the group's location.

贈禮賦予部1113係亦可將,可在與使用到電子結帳應用程式的費用之支付對象之設施相同的設施中做利用的贈禮,賦予給第2使用者。或者,贈禮賦予部1113係亦可將該贈禮,賦予給第1使用者。藉此,可促使贈禮的賦予對象之使用者或團體,再次利用設施。 The gift giving unit 1113 may also give the second user a gift that can be used in the same facility as the facility to which the electronic payment application fee was paid. Alternatively, the gift giving unit 1113 may also give the gift to the first user. This can encourage the user or group to whom the gift is given to use the facility again.

贈禮賦予部1113,係亦可將只能夠在預先決定之設施中做利用的優惠券,進行賦予。又,贈禮賦予部1113,係亦可將只能夠在預先決定之商品或交易對象之購入時做利用的優惠券,進行賦予。 The gift giving unit 1113 may also grant coupons that can only be used at pre-determined facilities. Furthermore, the gift giving unit 1113 may also grant coupons that can only be used when purchasing pre-determined goods or transaction objects.

在對第2使用者賦予贈禮時,贈禮賦予部1113,係亦可將已被負擔金額取得部1107所取得之負擔金額或已被變更負擔金額資訊取得部1109所取得之負擔金額所相應之價值的贈禮,進行賦予。贈禮賦予部1113,係亦可負擔金額越高,就越提高贈禮的價值。藉此,被提示給第2使用者的負擔金額越高,就能給予第2使用者越強烈的以匯款來向第1使用者支付負擔金的動機。贈禮的價值係亦可為例如負擔金額的所定比率。在賦予R電子貨幣時,贈禮賦予部1113係亦可為,負擔金額越高,就越提高所賦予的金額。在賦予優惠券時,贈禮賦予部1113係亦可為,負擔金額越高,就越提高所被賦予之優惠券的折扣額或折扣率。或者,贈禮的價值亦可為固定。 When granting a gift to the second user, the gift granting unit 1113 may grant a gift of a value corresponding to the contribution amount obtained by the contribution amount acquisition unit 1107 or the contribution amount obtained by the modified contribution amount information acquisition unit 1109. The gift granting unit 1113 may also increase the value of the gift as the contribution amount increases. This provides a stronger incentive for the second user to remit the contribution to the first user as the contribution amount increases. The value of the gift may also be, for example, a predetermined percentage of the contribution amount. When granting R electronic currency, the gift granting unit 1113 may increase the amount granted as the pledge amount increases. When granting coupons, the gift granting unit 1113 may increase the discount amount or discount rate of the coupon as the pledge amount increases. Alternatively, the value of the gift may be fixed.

贈禮賦予部1113,係亦可在匯款完成後,隨機決定是否對第2使用者賦予贈禮。例如,贈禮賦予部1113,係亦可令使用者終端2-2顯示進行抽籤的影片,在 該抽籤中第2使用者有中獎的情況下才賦予贈禮。 After the remittance is completed, the gift granting unit 1113 can also randomly determine whether to grant a gift to the second user. For example, the gift granting unit 1113 can display a lottery video on the user terminal 2-2 and only grant the gift if the second user wins a prize in the lottery.

贈禮賦予部1113,係亦可在團體中所含之任一第2使用者每次匯款了負擔金時,就對第1使用者賦予贈禮。或者,贈禮賦予部1113,係亦可在團體中所含之任一第2使用者匯款了負擔金時只限一次地,對第1使用者賦予贈禮。或者,贈禮賦予部1113,係亦可只有在團體中所含之全部第2使用者匯款了負擔金的情況下,才對第1使用者賦予贈禮。 The gift giving unit 1113 may also give a gift to the first user each time any second user in the group remits a contribution. Alternatively, the gift giving unit 1113 may also give a gift to the first user only once, when any second user in the group remits a contribution. Alternatively, the gift giving unit 1113 may only give a gift to the first user when all second users in the group have remitted a contribution.

在對第1使用者賦予贈禮時,贈禮賦予部1113,係亦可將扣除了第2使用者之負擔金額之後的費用的金額所相應之價值的贈禮,進行賦予。亦即,贈禮賦予部1113,係亦可在所被結帳之費用的金額之中,將第1使用者之負擔金額所相應之價值的贈禮,進行賦予。贈禮的價值係亦可為例如:第1使用者之負擔金額的所定比率,亦可為相當於第1使用者之負擔金額除以團體內的第2使用者之人數而被計算之金額,亦可為相當於第1使用者之負擔金額。在賦予R電子貨幣時,贈禮賦予部1113係亦可為,負擔金額越高,就越提高所賦予的金額。在賦予優惠券時,贈禮賦予部1113係亦可為,負擔金額越高,就越提高所被賦予之優惠券的折扣額或折扣率。或者,贈禮的價值亦可為固定。 When awarding a gift to the first user, the gift awarding unit 1113 may award a gift of a value corresponding to the amount of the charge after deducting the second user's contribution. In other words, the gift awarding unit 1113 may award a gift of a value corresponding to the first user's contribution from the amount of the billed charge. The value of the gift may be, for example, a predetermined percentage of the first user's contribution, an amount calculated by dividing the first user's contribution by the number of second users in the group, or the first user's contribution. When granting R electronic currency, the gift granting unit 1113 may increase the amount granted as the pledge amount increases. When granting coupons, the gift granting unit 1113 may increase the discount amount or discount rate of the coupon as the pledge amount increases. Alternatively, the value of the gift may be fixed.

[1-4.通訊系統的動作] [1-4. Communication system operation]

接著,參照圖12,說明通訊系統S的動作。圖12係為 本實施形態中的通訊系統S之處理例的流程圖。圖12所示的例子係為,在費用之結帳被執行前,團體就被特定之情況的處理例。又,圖12所示的例子係為,對第1使用者是賦予R電子貨幣作為贈禮,對第2使用者是賦予優惠券作為贈禮之情況的處理例。 Next, the operation of communication system S will be described with reference to Figure 12. Figure 12 is a flowchart illustrating an example process of communication system S in this embodiment. The example shown in Figure 12 illustrates a case where a group is identified before charges are settled. Furthermore, the example shown in Figure 12 illustrates a case where R electronic currency is given as a gift to the first user and a coupon is given as a gift to the second user.

如圖12所示,使用者終端2-1,係定期地取得位置資訊及終端間通訊狀況資訊,並發送至電子結帳管理伺服器1(步驟S101)。又,使用者終端2-2也是,係定期地取得位置資訊及終端間通訊狀況資訊,並發送至電子結帳管理伺服器1(步驟S102)。電子結帳管理伺服器1的位置關係資訊取得部1101,係將從各使用者終端2所被發送過來的位置資訊及終端間通訊狀況資訊,分別記憶在位置資訊DB14f及終端間通訊狀況DB14g中。 As shown in Figure 12, user terminal 2-1 periodically obtains location information and inter-terminal communication status information and transmits it to electronic billing management server 1 (step S101). Furthermore, user terminal 2-2 also periodically obtains location information and inter-terminal communication status information and transmits it to electronic billing management server 1 (step S102). The location-related information acquisition unit 1101 of electronic billing management server 1 stores the location information and inter-terminal communication status information transmitted from each user terminal 2 in the location information DB 14f and the inter-terminal communication status DB 14g, respectively.

電子結帳管理伺服器1的團體特定部1102,係監視例如設施資訊中所被記憶之設施位置資訊及位置資訊DB14f中所被記憶之位置資訊,以判定哪個使用者終端2是位於哪個設施中長達所定時間以上。此處,團體特定部1102係判定為,使用者終端2-1,是位於設施中長達所定時間以上(步驟S103)。隨應於此判定,團體特定部1102,係將使用者終端2-1的使用者所隸屬之團體中所屬之其他第2使用者,加以特定(步驟S104)。此處,團體特定部1102係亦可將例如:在該設施之外且與使用者終端2-1之間的位置關係是呈現所定位置關係的使用者終端2的利用使用者,特定成為團體之成員候補。例如,團體特定部 1102係亦可將:使用者終端2-1移動到該設施之前的所定期間之中長達所定比率以上之時間,與使用者終端2-1之間的位置關係是呈現位置關係a及b之其中特定之位置關係、或其雙方的使用者終端2的使用者,加以特定。團體特定部1102,係亦可採用位置關係a,將位於從使用者終端2-1之位置起算所定距離以內的使用者終端2的利用使用者的使用者ID,從位置資訊DB14f中檢索出來。團體特定部1102,係亦可採用位置關係b,根據從使用者終端2-1所被發送過來的終端間通訊狀況資訊,而將存在通知訊號之訊號強度高於閾值的使用者,予以檢索出來。一旦特定出成員候補,團體特定部1102,係亦可在成員候補之內,將在該設施內與使用者終端2-1之間的位置關係是呈現所定位置關係的使用者終端2的利用使用者,特定成為團體的成員。例如,團體特定部1102,係亦可將:使用者終端2-1位於該設施的期間之中長達所定比率以上之時間,與使用者終端2-1之間的位置關係是呈現位置關係a、b及c之其中特定之位置關係、或為這些位置關係之其中特定之2個位置關係之組合、或為這些位置關係之全部的組合的使用者終端2之使用者,加以特定。 The group identification unit 1102 of the electronic checkout management server 1 monitors, for example, the facility location information stored in the facility information and the location information stored in the location information DB 14f to determine which user terminal 2 has been located at which facility for a predetermined period of time or longer. Here, the group identification unit 1102 determines that the user terminal 2-1 has been located at the facility for a predetermined period of time or longer (step S103). Based on this determination, the group identification unit 1102 identifies other second users belonging to the group to which the user of the user terminal 2-1 belongs (step S104). Here, the group identification unit 1102 may also identify, for example, users of user terminal 2 who are outside the facility and whose locational relationship with user terminal 2-1 exhibits a predetermined locational relationship as candidate group members. For example, the group identification unit 1102 may also identify users of user terminal 2 who, for a predetermined percentage or more of the time period before user terminal 2-1 moved to the facility, exhibited a specific locational relationship between user terminal 2-1 and locational relationship a or b, or both. The group identification unit 1102 may also retrieve from the location information DB 14f the user IDs of users of user terminal 2 who are within a predetermined distance from the location of user terminal 2-1, using locational relationship a. The group identification unit 1102 can also use the location relationship b to search for users whose notification signal strength exceeds a threshold based on the inter-terminal communication status information transmitted from the user terminal 2-1. Once candidate members are identified, the group identification unit 1102 can also identify as members of the group users of the user terminal 2 within the facility whose location relationship with the user terminal 2-1 is a predetermined location relationship. For example, the group identifying unit 1102 may also identify a user of the user terminal 2 whose location relationship with the user terminal 2-1 exhibits a specific location relationship among location relationships a, b, and c, a combination of two specific location relationships among these location relationships, or a combination of all these location relationships, for a predetermined percentage or longer period of time during which the user terminal 2-1 was located at the facility.

一方,使用者終端2-1的利用使用者U1,係進行對設施所需支付之費用的結帳之操作(步驟S105)。隨應於該操作,例如使用者終端2-1係將結帳要求,發送至電子結帳伺服器1(步驟S106)。電子結帳管理伺服器1的結帳部1104,係基於結帳要求,而執行該費用的結帳處理 (步驟S107)。又,結帳部1104,係將結帳日誌記憶在結帳履歷DB14d中。 On the one hand, user U1 of user terminal 2-1 performs an operation to pay for a facility fee (step S105). In response to this operation, for example, user terminal 2-1 transmits a payment request to electronic billing server 1 (step S106). Billing unit 1104 of electronic billing management server 1 performs billing processing based on the payment request (step S107). Billing unit 1104 also stores the payment log in billing history DB 14d.

接下來,結帳部1104,係將結帳完成畫面210之網頁,發送至使用者終端2-1(步驟S108)。此時,結帳部1104,係一旦確認了結帳要求中所含之支付對象資訊,是使用者終端2-1所正位處之設施的設施ID,就令結帳完成畫面210中會含有分攤付款訊息211、認可鈕212及否認鈕213。使用者終端2-1係顯示出結帳完成畫面210,假設使用者U1係操作了認可鈕212。隨應於該操作,使用者終端2-1係將認可回應,發送至電子結帳管理伺服器1(步驟S109)。認可回應,係表示使用者U1認可分攤付款。 Next, the checkout unit 1104 sends the checkout completion screen 210 to the user terminal 2-1 (step S108). Once the checkout unit 1104 confirms that the payment destination information included in the checkout request is the facility ID of the facility at which the user terminal 2-1 is currently located, the checkout completion screen 210 includes a split payment message 211, an approval button 212, and a rejection button 213. The user terminal 2-1 displays the checkout completion screen 210. Assuming that the user U1 clicks the approval button 212, the user terminal 2-1 sends an approval response to the electronic checkout management server 1 (step S109). The approval response indicates that the user U1 has approved the split payment.

接收到認可回應的電子結帳管理伺服器1的請款對象資訊送訊部1105,係將請款對象編輯畫面220之網頁,發送至使用者終端2-1(步驟S110)。此時,請款對象資訊送訊部1105,係令步驟S104中所被特定之各第2使用者的使用者ID及請款對象資訊221,被包含在該網頁中。使用者終端2-1,係將請款對象編輯畫面220予以顯示,使用者U1係因應需要而進行負擔金的請款對象之成員的追加或刪除(步驟S111)。一旦使用者U1操作了下一步鈕223,使用者終端2-1就將編輯請款對象資訊,發送至電子結帳管理伺服器1(步驟S112)。 Upon receiving the approval response, the payment target information transmission unit 1105 of the electronic billing management server 1 sends the payment target edit screen 220 to the user terminal 2-1 (step S110). At this point, the payment target information transmission unit 1105 causes the payment target information 221 of each second user identified in step S104 to be included in the webpage. The user terminal 2-1 displays the payment target edit screen 220, and user U1 adds or deletes payment targets as needed (step S111). Once user U1 clicks the Next button 223, user terminal 2-1 will send the edited payment object information to the electronic billing management server 1 (step S112).

接收到編輯請款對象資訊的電子結帳管理伺服器1的負擔金額取得部1107,係計算各請款對象之成員 的負擔金額(步驟S113)。例如,負擔金額取得部1107,係亦可將編輯請款對象資訊中所含之使用者ID的數量,當作團體之成員數而予以計數。負擔金額取得部1107,係亦可藉由將結帳要求中所含之結帳額除以成員數,而計算出每一人的負擔金額。 Upon receiving the edited payment request information, the account balance acquisition unit 1107 of the electronic billing management server 1 calculates the account balance for each member of the billing request (step S113). For example, the account balance acquisition unit 1107 may count the number of user IDs included in the edited payment request information as the number of group members. The account balance acquisition unit 1107 may also calculate the account balance for each person by dividing the billing amount included in the billing request by the number of members.

接下來,暫定負擔金額資訊送訊部1108,係將負擔金額編輯畫面230之網頁,發送至使用者終端2-1(步驟S114)。此時,暫定負擔金額資訊送訊部1108,係令編輯請款對象資訊中所含之各使用者的使用者ID及姓名、以及針對各使用者所被計算出來的負擔金額,被包含在該網頁中。使用者終端2,係將負擔金額編輯畫面230予以顯示,使用者U1係因應需要而將負擔金額予以變更(步驟S115)。一旦使用者U1在請款確認畫面中進行了使請款內容被確定的操作,使用者終端2-1就將變更負擔金額資訊,發送至電子結帳管理伺服器1(步驟S116)。 Next, the provisional liability information sending unit 1108 sends the liability editing screen 230 to the user terminal 2-1 (step S114). At this point, the provisional liability information sending unit 1108 causes the webpage to include the user ID and name of each user included in the edited payment request information, as well as the liability calculated for each user. User terminal 2 displays the liability editing screen 230, and user U1 changes the liability as needed (step S115). Once user U1 confirms the payment request details on the payment request confirmation screen, user terminal 2-1 sends the changed payment amount information to the electronic billing management server 1 (step S116).

接收到變更負擔金額資訊的電子結帳管理伺服器1的負擔金額資訊送訊部1110,係在藉由變更負擔金額資訊中所含之使用者ID而被表示的使用者之中,向使用者U1以外的各使用者所利用的使用者終端2,發送請款畫面之網頁(步驟S117)。網頁的送訊目標中,係包含有使用者終端2-2的利用使用者U2。負擔金額資訊送訊部1110,係令藉由變更負擔金額資訊而被表示之使用者U2的負擔金額及使用者U1的使用者ID,被包含在該網頁中。使用者終端2-2,係將請款畫面310予以顯示,使用者U2係操作匯 款鈕313。然後,一旦使用者U2於匯款確認畫面中進行了匯款的執行之操作(步驟S118),使用者終端2-2就將匯款要求,發送至電子結帳管理伺服器1(步驟S119)。 Upon receiving the changed balance information, the balance information transmission unit 1110 of the electronic billing management server 1 sends a payment request screen page to the user terminals 2 used by each user other than user U1, among the users indicated by the user ID included in the changed balance information (step S117). The page is sent to user U2, who is using user terminal 2-2. The balance information transmission unit 1110 causes the balance information page to include the balance of user U2 indicated by the changed balance information and the user ID of user U1. User terminal 2-2 displays the payment request screen 310, and user U2 operates the transfer button 313. Once user U2 completes the transfer confirmation operation on the transfer confirmation screen (step S118), user terminal 2-2 sends the transfer request to the electronic billing management server 1 (step S119).

接收到匯款要求的電子結帳管理伺服器1的匯款部1112,係基於匯款要求而執行從使用者U2往使用者U1的匯款處理(步驟S120)。又,匯款部1112,係將匯款日誌記憶在匯款履歷DB14e中。 Upon receiving the remittance request, the remittance unit 1112 of the electronic billing management server 1 executes a remittance process from user U2 to user U1 based on the remittance request (step S120). Furthermore, the remittance unit 1112 stores the remittance log in the remittance history DB 14e.

接下來,贈禮賦予部1113係執行贈禮賦予處理(步驟S121)。例如,贈禮賦予部1113,係亦可將使用者U2之負擔金額的所定比率之金額,當作要賦予給使用者U2的優惠券之折扣額而計算。贈禮賦予部1113,係亦可從設施DB14b中檢索出,位於從費用之支付對象之設施起算所定範圍內的設施。贈禮賦予部1113,係亦可從已被檢索到的設施之中,將任一設施,決定成為可將被賦予給使用者U2之優惠券做利用的設施。贈禮賦予部1113係亦可生成優惠券資訊,其係含有:使用者U2的使用者ID、已決定之設施的設施ID、及表示所被計算之折扣額的折扣資訊。贈禮賦予部1113,係亦可將該優惠券資訊,記憶在已發行優惠券DB14h中。又,贈禮賦予部1113,係亦可將使用者U1之負擔金額的所定比率之金額,當作要賦予給使用者U1的電子貨幣之金額而計算。贈禮賦予部1113,係亦可將與使用者U1建立關連而被記憶在電子貨幣餘額DB14c中的餘額,加上所計算出來之金額。 Next, the gift granting unit 1113 performs gift granting processing (step S121). For example, the gift granting unit 1113 may calculate the discount amount for the coupon to be granted to user U2 by using a predetermined ratio of the amount borne by user U2. The gift granting unit 1113 may also retrieve facilities from the facility DB 14b that are within a predetermined range from the facility to which the fee is to be paid. The gift granting unit 1113 may also select any of the retrieved facilities as a facility where the coupon granted to user U2 can be used. The gift granting unit 1113 may also generate coupon information containing the user ID of user U2, the facility ID of the designated facility, and discount information indicating the calculated discount amount. The gift granting unit 1113 may also store this coupon information in the issued coupons DB 14h. Furthermore, the gift granting unit 1113 may also calculate the amount of electronic currency to be granted to user U1, using an amount calculated as a percentage of the amount contributed by user U1. The gift granting unit 1113 may also add the calculated amount to the balance associated with user U1 and stored in the electronic currency balance DB 14c.

一旦贈禮賦予處理結束,贈禮賦予部1113, 係將匯款完成通知兼贈禮賦予通知畫面之網頁,發送至使用者終端2-2(步驟S122)。匯款完成通知兼贈禮賦予通知畫面中係被顯示有,表示匯款已經完成的訊息。又,匯款完成通知兼贈禮賦予通知畫面中係被顯示有,表示已經對使用者U2賦予了優惠券的訊息、和可利用該優惠券的設施之名稱及折扣額。又,贈禮賦予部1113,係將入金通知兼贈禮賦予通知畫面之網頁,發送至使用者終端2-1(步驟S123)。入金通知兼贈禮賦予通知畫面中係被顯示有,表示對使用者U1之入金已被進行的訊息。又,入金通知兼贈禮賦予通知畫面中係被顯示有,已經向使用者U1以R電子貨幣進行了現金回饋的訊息、和已被現金回饋之金額。 Once the gift granting process is complete, the gift granting unit 1113 sends a webpage displaying a remittance completion notification and gift granting notification screen to user terminal 2-2 (step S122). The remittance completion notification and gift granting notification screen displays a message indicating that the remittance has been completed. Furthermore, the remittance completion notification and gift granting notification screen displays a message indicating that a coupon has been granted to user U2, along with the name of the facility where the coupon can be used and the discount amount. Furthermore, the gift granting unit 1113 sends a webpage displaying a deposit notification and gift granting notification screen to user terminal 2-1 (step S123). The deposit notification and gift notification screen displays a message indicating that the deposit to user U1 has been processed. Additionally, the deposit notification and gift notification screen displays a message indicating that a cash rebate has been issued to user U1 in R electronic currency, along with the amount of the cash rebate.

如以上說明,若依據本實施形態,則電子結帳伺服器1亦可將利用到使用者終端2-1的結帳要求,予以接收。又,電子結帳伺服器1亦可在隨應於結帳要求而被結帳的費用之中,將要向隸屬於團體的第2使用者進行請款的負擔金之金額,加以取得。又,電子結帳伺服器1亦可將表示負擔金之金額的負擔金額資訊,發送至使用者終端2-2。又,電子結帳伺服器1,亦可隨應於接收到負擔金額資訊之使用者終端2-2受理了匯款之操作,而從使用者終端2-2接收匯款要求。又,電子結帳伺服器1,亦可隨應於匯款要求被接收,而執行從第2使用者往第1使用者將負擔金進行匯款之處理。此情況下,會利用使用者終端2-1而將費用進行結帳。藉此,就會變成先由第1使用者來代表支付費用。其後,所被結帳之費用之中,表示隸屬於該 團體之第2使用者所需負擔部分之金額的負擔金額資訊,會被發送至第2使用者所利用的使用者終端2-2。因此,第2使用者係可獲知負擔金額。然後,第2使用者係藉由對使用者終端2-2進行操作,負擔金就會從第2使用者被匯款至第1使用者。因此,在由複數個使用者來支付費用的情況下,可讓使用者先得知要支付給其他使用者的金額然後才選擇匯款。 As described above, according to this embodiment, the electronic billing server 1 can also receive a billing request from the user terminal 2-1. Furthermore, the electronic billing server 1 can also obtain the amount of the share to be charged to the second user belonging to the group, from among the charges billed in response to the billing request. Furthermore, the electronic billing server 1 can also transmit share amount information indicating the share amount to the user terminal 2-2. Furthermore, the electronic billing server 1 can also receive a remittance request from the user terminal 2-2 in response to the user terminal 2-2 accepting the remittance operation after receiving the share amount information. Furthermore, the electronic billing server 1 can also process a transfer of the balance from the second user to the first user in response to a remittance request. In this case, the charges are settled using the user terminal 2-1. This means that the first user first pays the charges on behalf of the first user. Subsequently, the balance information indicating the portion of the settled charges that the second user, belonging to the group, must pay is sent to the user terminal 2-2 used by the second user. The second user can then access the balance. The balance is then transferred from the second user to the first user by operating the user terminal 2-2. Therefore, when multiple users are paying for a fee, users can first know the amount to be paid to other users and then choose to transfer the funds.

此處,電子結帳伺服器1亦可將表示使用者終端2-1、與異於使用者終端2-1的至少一個使用者終端2各者之間的位置關係的位置關係資訊,加以取得。又,電子結帳伺服器1亦可將根據位置關係資訊而被表示為,使用者終端2-1位於設施中之時的位置關係是呈現所定位置關係的使用者終端2的利用使用者,特定成為隸屬於團體的第2使用者。此情況下,表示使用者終端2-1與其他使用者終端2之位置關係的位置關係資訊,會被取得。使用者終端2間的位置關係,係可能是這些使用者終端2的利用使用者間的位置關係。然後,第1使用者位於所被結帳之費用之支付對象之設施中之時的與第1使用者之間的位置關係是呈現所定位置關係的使用者,會被特定成為與第1使用者隸屬於同一團體的第2使用者。位置關係是呈現所定位置關係的第1使用者及第2使用者之使用者,係有正在一起利用設施的可能性,因此,把第1使用者所支付過的費用之至少一部分由第2使用者來負擔,係有可能是妥當的。因此,就算使用者未進行設定團體的作業,仍可特定 出隸屬於利用了設施之團體的使用者。 Here, the electronic checkout server 1 may also obtain location relationship information indicating the location relationship between user terminal 2-1 and at least one user terminal 2 different from user terminal 2-1. Furthermore, the electronic checkout server 1 may also identify a user who is using user terminal 2 and whose location relationship, when located within the facility, is indicated as exhibiting a predetermined location relationship, as a second user belonging to the group. In this case, location relationship information indicating the location relationship between user terminal 2-1 and other user terminals 2 is obtained. The location relationship between user terminals 2 may be the location relationship between users of these user terminals 2. Then, when the first user is at the facility for which the charges are being paid, the user whose locational relationship with the first user is such that the first user exhibits the specified locational relationship will be identified as a second user belonging to the same group as the first user. Since the first and second users, who exhibit the specified locational relationship, are likely using the facility together, it may be appropriate for the second user to be responsible for at least a portion of the charges paid by the first user. Therefore, even if the user has not set up a group, users belonging to the group using the facility can still be identified.

此處,電子結帳伺服器1,亦可以位置資訊是表示了使用者終端2-1位於設施長達所定時間以上為條件,而將第2使用者加以特定。此時,第1使用者位於設施中達所定時間以上的情況下,與第1使用者隸屬於同一團體的第2使用者,會被特定。有時候,使用者為了利用設施,使用者就必須位於該設施中長達相應之時間。因此,可將第1使用者正在利用設施之可能性為高的狀況加以特定,然後將與第1使用者正在一起利用設施之可能性為高的第2使用者加以特定。 Here, the electronic checkout server 1 can also identify a second user based on the condition that the location information indicates that the user terminal 2-1 has been at a facility for a predetermined period of time or longer. In this case, if the first user has been at the facility for a predetermined period of time or longer, the second user who belongs to the same group as the first user will be identified. Sometimes, in order to use a facility, a user must be at the facility for a predetermined period of time. Therefore, it is possible to identify situations where the first user is likely to be using the facility, and then identify a second user who is likely to be using the facility together with the first user.

又,電子結帳伺服器1亦可從使用者終端2-1位於設施之外時的與使用者終端2-1之間的位置關係是呈現所定位置關係的使用者終端2的利用使用者之中,特定出第2使用者。此情況下,就算是第1使用者位於設施內之時的位置關係是呈現所定位置關係的使用者,但當第1使用者位於設施外之時的位置關係並非呈現所定位置關係的使用者,就有不會被特定成為與第1使用者隸屬於同一團體的第2使用者的情況。因此,雖然碰巧在設施中與第1使用者在一起,可是在設施外並沒有和第1使用者一起行動的使用者,就可將其排除在與第1使用者隸屬於同一團體的第2使用者之外。 Furthermore, the electronic checkout server 1 can identify the second user from among users of the user terminal 2 whose locational relationship with the user terminal 2-1 when the user terminal 2-1 is outside the facility shows a predetermined locational relationship. In this case, even if the first user's locational relationship shows a predetermined locational relationship when inside the facility, if the first user's locational relationship when outside the facility does not show a predetermined locational relationship, the second user will not be identified as belonging to the same group as the first user. Therefore, a user who happens to be with the first user inside the facility but does not travel with the first user outside the facility can be excluded from the second user belonging to the same group as the first user.

又,電子結帳伺服器1亦可基於終端間通訊狀況資訊,而將使用者終端2-1與至少一個使用者終端2各者的位置關係,加以特定。此情況下,會基於使用者終端 2間的無線通訊之狀況,而特定出這些使用者終端2間的位置關係。例如,對於從某台使用者終端2以無線而被發送之存在通知訊號的其他使用者終端2所致之收訊之狀況,係有可能會因為這些使用者終端2間的位置關係而受到影響。因此,可適切地特定出使用者間的位置關係。 Furthermore, the electronic checkout server 1 can also identify the locational relationship between user terminal 2-1 and at least one user terminal 2 based on inter-terminal communication status information. In this case, the locational relationship between these user terminals 2 is identified based on the wireless communication status between the user terminals 2. For example, the reception status of a presence notification signal wirelessly transmitted from a certain user terminal 2 by other user terminals 2 may be affected by the locational relationship between these user terminals 2. Therefore, the locational relationship between users can be appropriately identified.

此處,電子結帳伺服器1亦可從,將抵達使用者終端2-1之存在通知訊號予以發送過來的使用者終端2的利用使用者之中,特定出第2使用者。此情況下,各使用者終端2係以無線來發送存在通知訊號。這些使用者終端2之中,所發送之存在通知訊號已抵達至使用者終端2-1的使用者終端2的利用使用者之中,與第1使用者隸屬於同一團體的第2使用者,會被特定出來。位於存在通知訊號抵達範圍內的使用者間的位置關係,係為這些使用者容易以團體來行動之位置關係的可能性為高。因此,可適切地特定出與第1使用者一起利用設施的第2使用者。 Here, the electronic billing server 1 can also identify a second user from among users of user terminals 2 that have sent a presence notification signal to user terminal 2-1. In this case, each user terminal 2 transmits a presence notification signal wirelessly. Among these user terminals 2, the second user who belongs to the same group as the first user is identified from among the users of the user terminal 2 whose presence notification signal has reached user terminal 2-1. The location relationship between users within the reach of the presence notification signal is likely to be one in which these users tend to move around as a group. Therefore, the second user who uses the facility with the first user can be accurately identified.

又,電子結帳伺服器1亦可將表示已被特定之第2使用者的請款對象資訊,發送至使用者終端2-1。又,電子結帳伺服器1亦可隨應於用來編輯藉由請款對象資訊而被表示的第2使用者的操作被使用者終端2-1所受理,而將表示編輯後之第2使用者的編輯請款對象資訊,加以取得。此情況下,已被特定成為與第1使用者隸屬於同一團體的第2使用者的使用者,第1使用者係可編輯之。 Furthermore, the electronic billing server 1 may transmit the payment target information indicating the identified second user to the user terminal 2-1. Furthermore, in response to the user terminal 2-1 receiving an operation to edit the second user identified by the payment target information, the electronic billing server 1 may obtain the edited payment target information indicating the second user. In this case, the first user can edit the user identified as the second user belonging to the same group as the first user.

又,所定位置關係亦可為,第1使用者與第2使用者是以團體的方式來利用設施時才會看到的使用者終 端2-1與使用者終端2-2之位置關係。 Furthermore, the predetermined location relationship may be the location relationship between user terminal 2-1 and user terminal 2-2, which is visible only when the first user and the second user utilize the facility as a group.

又,電子結帳伺服器1亦可隨應於匯款之處理已被執行,而向第1使用者及第2使用者之其中至少任一方賦予贈禮。此情況下,一旦負擔金從第2使用者被匯款至第1使用者,就會向第1使用者及第2使用者之其中至少任一方,賦予贈禮。因此,可促進使用者進行分攤付款所需之匯款。 Furthermore, the electronic billing server 1 may also grant a gift to at least one of the first and second users upon completion of the remittance process. In this case, once the balance is remitted from the second user to the first user, the gift is granted to at least one of the first and second users. This encourages users to make the remittances required for the split payment.

此處,電子結帳伺服器1亦可將負擔金額所相應之價值的贈禮,賦予給第2使用者。此情況下,第2使用者的負擔金額越高,就越能夠促進第2使用者進行匯款。 Here, the electronic checkout server 1 may also grant the second user a gift corresponding to the amount of payment. In this case, the higher the amount of payment made by the second user, the more likely the second user will be encouraged to make a remittance.

又,電子結帳伺服器1亦可將,與所被結帳之費用之支付對象之第1設施不同的設施之中,可在位於從第1設施起算所定範圍內的第2設施中做利用的贈禮,賦予給第2使用者。此情況下,就會賦予能夠在位於從團體所利用之第1設施起算所定範圍內之第2設施中做利用的贈禮。由於團體位於第2設施中,因此是位於容易移動至第2設施的場所。因此,可促進第2設施之利用。 Furthermore, the electronic billing server 1 may also grant a second user a gift that allows them to use the second facility within a specified range from the first facility, a facility different from the first facility to which the bill was paid. In this case, the gift allows them to use the second facility within a specified range from the first facility used by the group. Since the group is located in the second facility, it is easily accessible to the second facility. This can encourage the use of the second facility.

又,電子結帳伺服器1亦可將,可在所被結帳之費用之支付對象之設施中做利用的贈禮,賦予給第2使用者。此情況下,可促進團體所利用過之設施的再次利用。 Furthermore, the electronic billing server 1 can also give the second user a gift that allows them to use the facility for which the bill was paid. This can encourage the reuse of facilities previously used by the group.

又,電子結帳伺服器1亦可將扣除了第2使用者之負擔金之金額之後的費用之金額所相應之價值的贈 禮,賦予給第1使用者。此情況下,第1使用者的負擔金額越高,就越能夠促進第1使用者進行分攤付款所需之匯款為可能之結帳。 Furthermore, the electronic billing server 1 may also grant the first user a gift corresponding to the amount of the fee after deducting the second user's contribution. In this case, the higher the first user's contribution, the more likely it is that the first user will be able to make the necessary remittances for the split payment.

又,電子結帳伺服器1亦可將表示負擔金額的暫定負擔金額資訊,發送至使用者終端2-1。又,電子結帳伺服器1亦可隨應於用來變更藉由暫定負擔金額資訊而被表示之負擔金額的操作被使用者終端2-1所受理,而將表示變更後之負擔金額的變更負擔金額資訊,加以取得。又,電子結帳伺服器1亦可將變更負擔金額資訊當作負擔金額資訊而發送至使用者終端2-2。此情況下,可將支付裝置所取得的負擔金額,根據第1使用者之判斷而加以變更。 Furthermore, the electronic billing server 1 may transmit provisional payment amount information indicating the payment amount to the user terminal 2-1. Furthermore, in response to the user terminal 2-1 accepting an operation to change the payment amount indicated by the provisional payment amount information, the electronic billing server 1 may obtain changed payment amount information indicating the changed payment amount. Furthermore, the electronic billing server 1 may transmit the changed payment amount information to the user terminal 2-2 as the payment amount information. In this case, the payment amount received by the payment device may be changed at the discretion of the first user.

[2.第2實施形態] [2. Second Implementation Form]

接著,參照圖13及圖14,說明第2實施形態。於第2實施形態中,係在團體之特定時,使用到匯款履歷。除了以下所說明的點以外,第2實施形態亦可和第1實施形態相同。 Next, referring to Figures 13 and 14 , we will explain the second embodiment. In the second embodiment, remittance history is used when a group is specified. Except for the following points, the second embodiment is similar to the first embodiment.

圖13係為電子結帳伺服器1中的系統控制部11的機能區塊之一例的圖示。於圖13中,關於和圖4相同的元件,係標示相同的符號。圖13與圖4的不同點在於,圖13中被追加了匯款履歷取得部1114的這點。 Figure 13 illustrates an example of the functional blocks of the system control unit 11 in the electronic checkout server 1. In Figure 13 , components identical to those in Figure 4 are denoted by the same reference numerals. Figure 13 differs from Figure 4 in that a remittance history acquisition unit 1114 is added to Figure 13 .

匯款履歷取得部1114,係亦可從匯款履歷DB14e,取得匯款履歷。匯款履歷取得部1114係亦可將例 如,藉由位置關係資訊取得部1101而被取得了位置關係資訊之中至少一部分之資訊(例如位置資訊)的使用者終端2的利用使用者係為匯款來源及匯款目標之其中任一使用者的匯款履歷,加以取得。例如,匯款履歷取得部1114,係亦可將第1使用者係為匯款來源及匯款目標之其中任一者的匯款履歷,加以取得。匯款來源及匯款目標之各者,係可藉由各匯款日誌中所含之匯款來源使用者ID及匯款目標使用者ID,來加以識別。 The remittance history acquisition unit 1114 can also acquire remittance history from the remittance history DB 14e. For example, the remittance history acquisition unit 1114 can also acquire remittance history for a user who is either a remittance source or a remittance destination, using user terminal 2, for which at least a portion of the location information (e.g., location information) has been acquired by the location information acquisition unit 1101. For example, the remittance history acquisition unit 1114 can also acquire remittance history for a user who is either a remittance source or a remittance destination. The remittance source and remittance destination can be identified by the remittance source user ID and remittance destination user ID contained in each remittance log.

團體特定部1102,係亦可除了位置關係資訊以外,還會基於已被匯款履歷取得部1114所取得之匯款履歷,而特定出與第1使用者隸屬於同一團體的第2使用者。於本實施形態中係假設例如,所定位置關係,是在位置關係a~c之中,包含至少2個位置關係之組合。將至少2個位置關係之各者,為了方便起見而稱作第1位置關係及第2位置關係。團體特定部1102,係亦可將使用者終端2-1之間的位置關係既呈現第1位置關係同時也呈現第2位置關係的使用者終端2的利用使用者,特定成為與第1使用者隸屬於同一團體的第2使用者。這點,基本上與第1實施形態並無不同。而另一方面,假設有使用者終端2-1之間的位置關係,是只呈現第1位置關係及第2位置關係之其中任一方的使用者終端2的利用使用者存在。此情況下,團體特定部1102,係亦可基於匯款履歷,來判定在該使用者與第1使用者之間是否存在有匯款之事實。在有匯款之事實的情況下,亦可將該使用者,特定成為與第1使用者隸屬於同一 團體的第2使用者。 The group identification unit 1102 can also identify a second user belonging to the same group as the first user based on the remittance history acquired by the remittance history acquisition unit 1114 in addition to the location relationship information. In this embodiment, it is assumed that, for example, the predetermined location relationship is a combination of at least two location relationships among the location relationships a to c. For convenience, each of the at least two location relationships is referred to as the first location relationship and the second location relationship. The group identification unit 1102 can also identify a user using the user terminal 2, whose location relationship with the user terminal 2-1 shows both the first location relationship and the second location relationship, as the second user belonging to the same group as the first user. This is basically the same as the first embodiment. On the other hand, suppose there is a location relationship between user terminal 2-1, and a user who uses user terminal 2 only presents either the first location relationship or the second location relationship. In this case, group identification unit 1102 can also determine whether a remittance has occurred between the user and the first user based on remittance history. If a remittance has occurred, the user can be identified as a second user belonging to the same group as the first user.

有時候,無法從一部分之使用者終端2,取得位置關係資訊中原本應該含有的資訊。例如,一般的使用者終端2,係可將位置資訊之取得機能設定成是否有效,或可將近距離無線通訊之機能設定成是否有效。在位置資訊之取得機能被設定成無效的情況下,電子結帳伺服器1就無法從該使用者終端2取得位置資訊。因此,電子結帳伺服器1,針對該使用者終端2,無法判定為與其他使用者終端2之間的位置關係是呈現位置關係a或c。又,近距離無線通訊之機能被設定成無效的情況下,該使用者終端2係不會發出存在通知訊號,也不會偵測從其他使用者終端2所被發送過來的存在通知訊號。因此,電子結帳伺服器1係無法從該使用者終端2取得終端間通訊狀況資訊。因此,電子結帳伺服器1,針對該使用者終端2,無法判定為與其他使用者終端2之間的位置關係是呈現位置關係b。由於在使用者會被判定成第2使用者的至少2個位置關係之條件之中,任一方之條件總是無法被滿足,因此該使用者不會被判定成隸屬於任一團體。然而,該使用者,係有滿足另一方之位置關係之條件。因此,該使用者仍會存有隸屬於團體之可能性。曾經有匯款給第1使用者的使用者或曾經從第1使用者接受過匯款的使用者,係為第1使用者的熟人之可能性為高。熟人正位於第1使用者附近的情況、與第1使用者位於同一設施內的情況、或位於存在通知訊號抵達範圍內的情況,該熟人是正在與第1使用者一起行動 之可能性為高。於是,團體特定部1102,係亦可作為位置資訊或終端間通訊狀況資訊之替代,而改為使用匯款履歷來特定出團體。 Sometimes, it is impossible to obtain the information that should be included in the location relationship information from some user terminals 2. For example, a general user terminal 2 can set the location information acquisition function to be valid or the short-range wireless communication function to be valid. When the location information acquisition function is set to invalid, the electronic checkout server 1 cannot obtain location information from the user terminal 2. Therefore, the electronic checkout server 1 cannot determine that the location relationship between the user terminal 2 and other user terminals 2 is location relationship a or c. In addition, when the short-range wireless communication function is set to invalid, the user terminal 2 will not send a presence notification signal, nor will it detect the presence notification signal sent from other user terminals 2. Therefore, the electronic billing server 1 cannot obtain inter-terminal communication status information from the user terminal 2. Therefore, the electronic billing server 1 cannot determine that the location relationship between the user terminal 2 and the other user terminal 2 is the location relationship b. Since any one of the conditions for the user to be determined to be the second user's location relationship is always not met, the user will not be determined to belong to any group. However, the user does meet the other location relationship condition. Therefore, there is still a possibility that the user belongs to the group. Users who have remitted money to the first user or users who have received remittances from the first user are highly likely to be acquaintances of the first user. If the acquaintance is near the first user, in the same facility as the first user, or within the reach of the notification signal, there is a high probability that the acquaintance is traveling with the first user. Therefore, the group identification unit 1102 can use remittance history to identify the group instead of location information or inter-terminal communication status information.

圖14(a)係為團體之特定例的圖示。例如,假設使用者終端2的位置關係是呈現位置關係a且b且c的使用者,是隸屬於同一團體。圖14(a)中係圖示了使用者U1~U4。例如將使用者U1假定為第1使用者。使用者U1~U4,目前正位於飯店113內。使用者U2~U4,係為位於從使用者U1起算之距離是未滿所定距離的使用者。因此,使用者U1與使用者U2~U4之各者是呈現位置關係a。使用者U2及U3,係分別將使用者終端2的近距離無線通訊之機能,設定成有效。因此,使用者U2及U3各自的使用者終端2,係會發出存在通知訊號R2及R3。存在通知訊號R2及R3,係抵達使用者U1的使用者終端2。因此,團體特定部1102,係亦可無論匯款日誌之有無,都將使用者U1~U3,判定成隸屬於同一團體。 Figure 14(a) is an illustration of a specific example of a group. For example, it is assumed that the position relationship of user terminal 2 is that users presenting position relationships a, b, and c belong to the same group. Figure 14(a) illustrates users U1 to U4. For example, user U1 is assumed to be the first user. Users U1 to U4 are currently located in hotel 113. Users U2 to U4 are users whose distance from user U1 is less than a predetermined distance. Therefore, user U1 and each of users U2 to U4 presents position relationship a. Users U2 and U3 respectively set the short-range wireless communication function of user terminal 2 to be valid. Therefore, the user terminals 2 of users U2 and U3 respectively send presence notification signals R2 and R3. Notification signals R2 and R3 arrive at user terminal 2 of user U1. Therefore, group identification unit 1102 can determine that users U1-U3 belong to the same group regardless of the presence or absence of a remittance log.

另一方面,使用者U4,係將使用者終端2的近距離無線通訊之機能,設定成無效。因此,該使用者終端2,係不會將終端間通訊狀況資訊發送至電子結帳伺服器1,或者是將不含任何使用者之識別資訊的終端間通訊狀況資訊,發送至電子結帳伺服器1。因此,與使用者U1位於同一設施內,與使用者U1之間的距離是在所定距離以內,可是存在通知訊號之訊號強度並非高於閾值的使用者U4,特定到其的團體特定部1102係亦可檢索:把使用者 U1及U4之其中任一方之使用者ID當作匯款來源使用者ID而含有,並且把另一方之使用者ID當作匯款目標使用者ID而含有的匯款日誌。圖14(b)係為結帳日誌之一例的圖示。如圖14(b)所示,在匯款履歷DB14e中係被記憶有,把使用者U4的使用者ID當作匯款來源使用者ID而含有,且把使用者U1的使用者ID當作匯款目標使用者ID而含有的匯款日誌。於是,團體特定部1102,係亦可將使用者U1~U4,判定成同一團體之成員。 On the other hand, user U4 has disabled the near-field wireless communication function of user terminal 2. Therefore, user terminal 2 does not transmit inter-terminal communication status information to electronic billing server 1, or transmits inter-terminal communication status information that does not contain any user identification information. Therefore, even if user U4 is located in the same facility as user U1 and within the specified distance, but the signal strength of the notification signal does not exceed the threshold, the group identification unit 1102 can search for remittance logs that include the user ID of either user U1 or U4 as the remittance source user ID and the user ID of the other user as the remittance destination user ID. Figure 14(b) illustrates an example of a transaction log. As shown in Figure 14(b), the remittance history DB 14e stores a remittance log containing user U4's user ID as the source user ID and user U1's user ID as the destination user ID. Therefore, the group identification unit 1102 can also determine that users U1-U4 are members of the same group.

如以上說明,若依據本實施形態,則會基於使用者間的匯款履歷,來特定出與第1使用者隸屬於同一團體的第2使用者。與第1使用者之間進行匯款的使用者,係為與第1使用者一起行動之使用者的可能性為高。因此,可適切地特定出與第1使用者一起利用設施的第2使用者。 As described above, according to this embodiment, a second user belonging to the same group as the first user can be identified based on the remittance history between users. The user who transferred money to the first user is likely to have been traveling with the first user. Therefore, the second user who used the facility together with the first user can be accurately identified.

[3.第3實施形態] [3. Third Implementation Form]

接著說明第3實施形態。於第3實施形態中,係會基於團體的成員之年齡,來決定各成員的負擔金額。除了以下所說明的點以外,第2實施形態係亦可和第1實施形態及第2實施形態之其中至少任一者相同。 Next, we will explain the third implementation. In the third implementation, each group member's contribution amount is determined based on their age. Except for the points described below, the second implementation can also be similar to at least one of the first and second implementations.

於本實施形態中,負擔金額取得部1107,係將第1使用者及已被團體特定部1102所特定之第2使用者各自之負擔金額,分別決定成第1使用者之年齡及第2使用者之年齡所相應之金額。因此,年齡越高則負擔金額也越 高。例如,負擔金額係可和年齡呈比例。此情況下,負擔金額取得部1107,係亦可將所被結帳之費用的金額,除以團體之全體成員的年齡之合計,來計算每1歲的負擔金額。然後,負擔金額取得部1107,係亦可藉由對每1歲的負擔金額乘上各成員的年齡,來計算負擔金額。或者,亦可針對各年齡,預先決定負擔金的分配點數。此情況下,年齡越高則點數也越高。負擔金額取得部1107,係亦可將所被結帳之費用的金額,除以團體之全體成員的分配點數之合計,來計算每1點的負擔金額。然後,負擔金額取得部1107,係亦可藉由對每1點的負擔金額乘上各成員的分配點數,來計算負擔金額。此外,各使用者的年齡係可根據使用者DB14a中所被記憶之出生年月日來加以特定。 In this embodiment, the contribution amount acquisition unit 1107 determines the contribution amount for each of the first user and the second user identified by the group identification unit 1102, respectively, based on the first user's age and the second user's age. Therefore, the contribution amount increases with age. For example, the contribution amount may be proportional to age. In this case, the contribution amount acquisition unit 1107 may divide the amount of the billed charges by the total age of all group members to calculate the contribution amount per year. The contribution amount acquisition unit 1107 can then calculate the contribution amount by multiplying the contribution amount per year by each member's age. Alternatively, the contribution points allocated to each age group can be pre-determined. In this case, the older the group, the higher the points. The contribution amount acquisition unit 1107 can also divide the amount of the billed expense by the total points allocated to all group members to calculate the contribution amount per point. The share amount acquisition unit 1107 can then calculate the share amount by multiplying the share amount per point by each member's allocated points. Furthermore, each user's age can be identified based on their date of birth stored in the user DB 14a.

負擔金額資訊送訊部1110,係亦可將表示藉由負擔金額取得部1107針對第2使用者而被決定之負擔金額的前記負擔金額資訊,發送至使用者終端2-2。在第1使用者所做的負擔金額之變更是設為可能的情況下,變更負擔金額資訊取得部1109,亦可將表示藉由負擔金額取得部1107針對第2使用者而被決定之負擔金額的暫定負擔金額資訊,發送至使用者終端2-1。 The payment amount information transmission unit 1110 may also transmit preliminary payment amount information indicating the payment amount determined for the second user by the payment amount acquisition unit 1107 to the user terminal 2-2. If the payment amount of the first user is allowed to be changed, the payment amount change information acquisition unit 1109 may also transmit provisional payment amount information indicating the payment amount determined for the second user by the payment amount acquisition unit 1107 to the user terminal 2-1.

如以上說明,若依據本實施形態,則各使用者的年齡越高,負擔金就為越高。因此,可令各使用者負擔與年齡相應之額度的金額。 As described above, according to this embodiment, the older the user, the higher the contribution. Therefore, each user can be required to pay an amount corresponding to their age.

[4.第4實施形態] [4. Fourth Implementation Form]

接著說明第4實施形態。於第4實施形態中,係隨著第2使用者所致之R電子貨幣之利用經驗之有無,而改變是否要對第1使用者賦予贈禮。除了以下所說明的點以外,第2實施形態係亦可和第1實施形態~第3實施形態之其中至少任一者相同。 Next, we will describe the fourth embodiment. In the fourth embodiment, whether or not to award a gift to the first user depends on the second user's experience with the R electronic currency. Aside from the following points, the second embodiment may be similar to at least one of the first through third embodiments.

於本實施形態中,贈禮賦予部1113係亦可只有在從第2使用者往記第1使用者的負擔金之匯款,是該第2使用者所致之R電子貨幣的首次利用所致的情況下,才對第1使用者賦予贈禮。藉此,可促進第1使用者使用到電子結帳應用程式的結帳或分攤付款。又,首次利用R電子貨幣的第2使用者,係被期待今後仍會利用R電子貨幣。 In this embodiment, the gift granting unit 1113 may grant a gift to the first user only if the transfer of the first user's contribution from the second user is due to the second user's first use of R electronic currency. This can encourage the first user to use the electronic payment application for payment or split payment. Furthermore, the second user's first use of R electronic currency is expected to continue using R electronic currency in the future.

贈禮賦予部1113,係亦可基於結帳履歷DB14d及匯款履歷DB14e,來判定第2使用者是否為首次利用R電子貨幣。例如,贈禮賦予部1113係亦可在,含有第2使用者之使用者ID的結帳日誌未被記憶在結帳履歷DB14d中,且除了本次的從第2使用者往第1使用者的匯款之匯款日誌以外,把第2使用者的使用者ID當作匯款來源使用者ID而含有的匯款日誌未被記憶在匯款履歷DB14e中的情況下,判定為第2使用者是首次利用R電子貨幣。 The gift granting unit 1113 can also determine whether the second user is using R electronic money for the first time based on the transaction history DB 14d and the remittance history DB 14e. For example, if a transaction log containing the second user's user ID is not stored in the transaction history DB 14d, and if a remittance log containing the second user's user ID as the remittance source user ID is not stored in the remittance history DB 14e, in addition to the remittance log for the current remittance from the second user to the first user, then the gift granting unit 1113 can determine that this is the second user's first time using R electronic money.

如以上說明,若依據本實施形態,則到目前為止都未曾利用過R電子貨幣的第2使用者,在從第2使用者往第1使用者之匯款中才首次利用R電子貨幣的情況下,就會對第1使用者賦予贈禮。因此,藉由促進第1使用者進行分攤付款所需之匯款為可能之結帳,就可促進R電子貨 幣之利用。 As described above, according to this embodiment, if a second user who has never used R e-money uses R e-money for the first time in a remittance from the second user to the first user, a gift will be given to the first user. Therefore, by encouraging the first user to make remittances required for split payments, the use of R e-money can be promoted.

[5.第5實施形態] [5. Fifth Implementation Form]

接著,參照圖15至圖22,說明第5實施形態。在目前為止的實施形態中,第1使用者每次將費用進行結帳時,就會對第2使用者請款分攤付款的負擔金。於本實施形態中係為,在以團體之旅行中,先由第1使用者總結了已結帳之費用,然後在旅行後,才對第2使用者請款負擔金。旅行的目的係無特別限定。除了以下所說明的點以外,第5實施形態係亦可和第1實施形態~第4實施形態之其中至少任一者相同。 Next, the fifth embodiment will be described with reference to Figures 15 to 22. In previous embodiments, each time the first user settles an expense, the second user is charged a share of the payment. In this embodiment, in group travel, the first user first collects the settled expenses, and then charges the second user after the trip. The purpose of the trip is not particularly limited. Except for the points described below, the fifth embodiment may be the same as at least one of the first through fourth embodiments.

圖15係本實施形態所述之通訊系統S的概要構成之一例的圖示。於圖15中,關於和圖1相同之要素,係標示同一符號。如圖15所示,通訊系統S係含有:電子結帳伺服器1、複數個複數個使用者終端2、旅行預約伺服器3。 Figure 15 illustrates an example of the schematic configuration of a communication system S according to this embodiment. Elements identical to those in Figure 1 are denoted by the same symbols. As shown in Figure 15 , communication system S includes an electronic checkout server 1, a plurality of user terminals 2, and a travel reservation server 3.

旅行預約伺服器3,係亦可為執行關於旅行預約網站之各處理的伺服器裝置。旅行預約網站係亦可為,為了旅行而可在該旅行中做利用之服務的預約係為可能的網站。作為此種服務之例子,可舉出住宿設施之提供及人員之運輸。作為住宿設施之例子,可舉出飯店、旅館、民宿等。作為用來運輸人員所需之交通機關之例子,可舉出飛機、鐵路、船舶、高速巴士等。旅行預約伺服器3,係亦可隨應於來自使用者終端2之要求,而執行用來預 約旅行所需之服務所需之處理。 The travel reservation server 3 may also be a server device that performs various processes related to the travel reservation website. The travel reservation website may also be a website that allows reservations for services that can be used during travel. Examples of such services include the provision of accommodation facilities and the transportation of people. Examples of accommodation facilities include hotels, inns, and guesthouses. Examples of transportation facilities required for transportation include airplanes, railways, ships, and express buses. The travel reservation server 3 may also perform the processes required to reserve travel services in response to requests from the user terminal 2.

旅行預約伺服器3,係亦可具備有住宿設施預約DB3a及機票預約DB3b等之資料庫。電子結帳伺服器1係亦可透過網路NW,來存取旅行預約伺服器3中所具備的資料庫。或者,電子結帳伺服器1的記憶部14中係亦可被記憶有,旅行預約伺服器3中所具備的資料庫的副本。然後,電子結帳伺服器1係亦可例如將資料庫之內容,定期地更新成最新之內容。 The travel reservation server 3 may also include databases such as accommodation reservation DB 3a and flight reservation DB 3b. The electronic billing server 1 may also access the databases stored in the travel reservation server 3 via the network NW. Alternatively, the memory unit 14 of the electronic billing server 1 may store a copy of the databases stored in the travel reservation server 3. Furthermore, the electronic billing server 1 may also periodically update the databases with the latest information, for example.

圖16係為旅行預約伺服器3所具備的資料庫中所被記憶的資訊之例子的圖示。如圖16所示,住宿設施預約DB3a中,關於住宿設施之預約的住宿設施預約資訊,亦可按照每次預約被進行而被記憶。例如,在住宿設施預約DB3a中,預約號碼、使用者ID、設施ID、住宿開始日、住宿結束日、入住預定時刻、退房期限時刻、住宿人數、費用、及結帳方法等亦可被相互建立關連而記憶,以作為住宿設施預約資訊。預約號碼,係為用來識別預約的號碼。使用者ID,係表示預約了住宿設施的使用者。設施ID,係表示所被預約的設施。住宿開始日,係表示該住宿設施之入住會被進行的日期。住宿結束日,係表示該住宿設施之退房會被進行的日期。入住預定時刻,係表示入住會被進行的預定之時刻。退房最終時刻,係表示在幾點以前進行退房即可。住宿人數,係表示預定住宿該住宿設施的使用者的人數。費用,係表示因為該住宿設施之利用而向預約者進行請款的住宿費。結帳方法,係表示費用要 用何種方法來進行結帳。作為結帳方法,現場結帳及線上結帳皆可。現場結帳,係表示在所預約之住宿設施中由預約者將費用進行結帳。線上結帳係表示,基於預約者預先登錄在旅行預約網站中的信用卡之資訊,費用會被自動地結帳。 FIG16 is a diagram illustrating an example of information stored in the database of the travel reservation server 3. As shown in FIG16 , in the accommodation reservation DB 3a, accommodation reservation information regarding accommodation reservations can also be stored each time a reservation is made. For example, in the accommodation reservation DB 3a, the reservation number, user ID, facility ID, accommodation start date, accommodation end date, scheduled check-in time, check-out time, number of guests, fee, and checkout method can be associated with each other and stored as accommodation reservation information. The reservation number is used to identify the reservation. The user ID indicates the user who has made a reservation for the accommodation. The facility ID indicates the reserved facility. The accommodation start date indicates the date on which check-in at the accommodation will take place. The "accommodation end date" indicates the date check-out from the accommodation will take place. The "check-in scheduled time" indicates the scheduled check-in time. The "check-out deadline" indicates the time by which check-out is permitted. The "number of guests" indicates the number of guests who have reserved accommodation at the accommodation. The "fee" indicates the accommodation fee charged to the booker for use of the accommodation. The "payment method" indicates how the payment will be made. Both in-person and online payment are acceptable payment methods. In-person payment means the booker pays the fee at the booked accommodation. Online payment means the fee is automatically paid based on the credit card information pre-registered with the travel booking website.

交通機關預約DB3b中,關於交通機關之票券之預約的交通機關預約資訊,亦可按照每次預約被進行而被記憶。作為票券之例子,可舉出:機票、特快列車的特快券及乘車券、高速巴士的乘車券、船舶的搭乘券等。住宿設施預約DB3a中,例如預約號碼、使用者ID、交通機關種別、出發地ID、抵達地ID、出發預定日期時間、抵達預定日期時間、座席數、及費用等,亦可被相互建立關連而記憶,以作為住宿設施預約資訊。預約號碼,係為用來識別預約的號碼。使用者ID,係表示預約了交通機關之票券的使用者。交通機關種別,係表示被預約了票券的交通機關之種類。出發地ID,係為被預約了票券的交通機關的作為出發地點的設施之設施ID。抵達地ID,係為該交通機關的作為抵達地點的設施之設施ID。作為出發地點及抵達地點的設施之例子,可舉出機場、車站、港灣等。出發預定日期時間,係表示該交通機關預定從出發地點出發的日期時間。抵達預定日期時間,係表示該交通機關預定抵達抵達地點的日期時間。座席數,係表示所被預約的座席之數量。費用,係表示所被預約的票券之費用。 In the transportation facility reservation DB3b, transportation facility reservation information regarding transportation facility ticket reservations can also be stored for each reservation. Examples of tickets include airline tickets, express train tickets and boarding tickets, highway bus tickets, and ship tickets. In the accommodation facility reservation DB3a, information such as the reservation number, user ID, transportation facility type, departure point ID, arrival point ID, scheduled departure date and time, scheduled arrival date and time, number of seats, and fare can also be associated with each other and stored as accommodation facility reservation information. The reservation number is a number used to identify the reservation. The user ID indicates the user who has reserved the transportation facility ticket. The transportation facility type indicates the type of transportation facility for which the ticket has been reserved. The departure point ID is the facility ID of the transportation agency serving as the departure point for the ticket reservation. The arrival point ID is the facility ID of the transportation agency serving as the arrival point. Examples of departure and arrival points include airports, train stations, and ports. The scheduled departure date and time indicates the date and time the transportation agency plans to depart from the departure point. The scheduled arrival date and time indicates the date and time the transportation agency plans to arrive at the arrival point. The number of seats indicates the number of reserved seats. The fare indicates the fare of the reserved ticket.

圖17係為本實施形態所述之電子結帳伺服器 1的概要構成之一例的區塊圖。於圖17中,關於和圖2相同之要素,係標示同一符號。圖17與圖2的不同點在於,圖17中,在記憶部14中所被記憶的資料庫中,被追加有分攤付款保留結帳DB14i。 Figure 17 is a block diagram showing an example of the schematic configuration of the electronic checkout server 1 described in this embodiment. Elements identical to those in Figure 2 are denoted by the same reference numerals. Figure 17 differs from Figure 2 in that a separate payment reservation checkout database 14i is added to the database stored in the memory unit 14.

圖18係為分攤付款保留結帳DB14i中所被記憶的資訊之一例。如圖18所示,分攤付款保留結帳DB14i中,關於使用者之旅行中被保留進行分攤付款之結帳的保留結帳資訊,亦可按照每次該當結帳被進行而被記憶。例如,在分攤付款保留結帳DB14i中,交易號碼及使用者ID等,亦可被相互建立關連而記憶,以作為保留結帳資訊。交易號碼,係表示分攤付款已被保留的結帳。使用者ID,係表示該筆結帳中支付了費用的使用者。 Figure 18 shows an example of the information stored in the split payment hold checkout DB 14i. As shown in Figure 18, the split payment hold checkout DB 14i can store information about each time a user's travel bill is held for split payment. For example, the split payment hold checkout DB 14i can associate transaction numbers and user IDs with each other and store them as hold checkout information. The transaction number indicates the split payment that has been held, and the user ID identifies the user who paid for the bill.

圖19係為電子結帳伺服器1中的系統控制部11的機能區塊之一例的圖示。於圖19中,關於和圖4相同的元件,係標示相同的符號。圖19與圖4的不同點在於,圖19中被追加了預約資訊取得部1115、旅行判定部1116及結帳資訊送訊部1117的這點。 Figure 19 illustrates an example of the functional blocks of the system control unit 11 in the electronic checkout server 1. Components identical to those in Figure 4 are denoted by the same reference numerals. Figure 19 differs from Figure 4 in that a reservation information acquisition unit 1115, a travel determination unit 1116, and a checkout information transmission unit 1117 are added.

預約資訊取得部1115係將表示第1使用者對於為了旅行而可在該旅行中做利用之服務所做的預約的預約資訊,加以取得。所被取得的預約資訊,係亦可為住宿設施預約資訊及交通機關預約資訊之其中至少任一方。藉由預約資訊中所含之使用者ID,就可識別該預約是否已被第1使用者所進行。 The reservation information acquisition unit 1115 acquires reservation information indicating a reservation made by the first user for a service available during a trip. The acquired reservation information may be at least one of accommodation facility reservation information and transportation facility reservation information. The user ID included in the reservation information allows identification of whether the reservation has been made by the first user.

旅行判定部1116,係亦可基於已被預約資訊 取得部1115所取得之預約資訊,來判定第1使用者在旅行中是否藉由結帳要求收訊部1103而接收到結帳要求。亦即,旅行判定部1116係亦可判定,在旅行中,第1使用者是否已經結帳了費用。又,旅行判定部1116,係亦可基於預約資訊,來判定第1使用者的旅行是否已經結束。 The travel determination unit 1116 can also determine, based on the reservation information obtained by the reserved information acquisition unit 1115, whether the first user has received a payment request via the payment request receiving unit 1103 during the trip. In other words, the travel determination unit 1116 can also determine whether the first user has paid for the trip. Furthermore, the travel determination unit 1116 can also determine whether the first user's trip has ended based on the reservation information.

例如,在使用住宿設施預約資訊的情況下,旅行判定部1116係亦可判定為,至少在從住宿開始日之入住預定時刻起至住宿結束日之入住最終時刻為止的期間中,第1使用者正在旅行中。旅行判定部1116,係亦可還採用使用者終端2-1的位置資訊。例如,旅行判定部1116係亦可為,在住宿開始日,使用者終端2-1的位置是從第1使用者之住址起遠離達到所定距離以上的時點上,判定為第1使用者之旅行已經開始。又,旅行判定部1116係亦可為,在住宿結束日或該日以後,使用者終端2-1的位置是一路接近至第1使用者之住址達到所定距離內的時點上,判定為第1使用者之旅行已經結束。 For example, when using accommodation reservation information, the travel determination unit 1116 may determine that the first user is traveling at least from the scheduled check-in time on the accommodation start date to the final check-in time on the accommodation end date. The travel determination unit 1116 may also utilize the location information of the user terminal 2-1. For example, the travel determination unit 1116 may determine that the first user's travel has begun if the location of the user terminal 2-1 on the accommodation start date is more than a predetermined distance away from the first user's address. Furthermore, the travel determination unit 1116 may determine that the first user's travel has ended if the location of the user terminal 2-1 on or after the accommodation end date approaches the first user's address and is within a predetermined distance.

在使用交通機關預約資訊的情況下,旅行判定部1116係亦可判定,例如被預約了票券的交通機關的利用係為去程及回程之何者的利用。例如,旅行判定部1116係亦可將,從第1使用者之住址到交通機關之出發地點為止的距離、與從該住址到交通機關之抵達地點為止的距離,進行比較。作為出發地或抵達地的設施之位置,係藉由設施DB14b中所被記憶之設施位置資訊而被表示。旅行判定部1116係亦可為,在到出發地點為止的距離為較短的 情況下,判定該票券係為去程之票券,在到抵達地點為止的距離為較短的情況下,判定該票券係為回程之票券。旅行判定部1116,係亦可判定為,從去程之交通機關預約資訊中的出發預定日期時間起,第1使用者之旅行會開始。又,旅行判定部1116係亦可判定為,在回程之交通機關預約資訊中的抵達預定日期時間上,第1使用者之旅行會結束。旅行判定部1116,係亦可還採用使用者終端2-1的位置資訊。例如,旅行判定部1116係亦可為,在出發預定日,使用者終端2-1的位置抵達了出發地的時點上,判定為第1使用者之旅行已經開始。或者,旅行判定部1116係亦可為,在出發預定日,使用者終端2-1的位置是從第1使用者之住址起遠離達到所定距離以上的時點上,判定為第1使用者之旅行已經開始。又,旅行判定部1116係亦可為,在抵達預定日,使用者終端2-1的位置抵達了抵達地的時點上,判定為第1使用者之旅行已經結束。或者,旅行判定部1116係亦可為,在抵達預定日,使用者終端2-1的位置是一路接近至第1使用者之住址達到所定距離內的時點上,判定為第1使用者之旅行已經結束。 When using transportation facility reservation information, the travel determination unit 1116 can also determine, for example, whether the use of the transportation facility for which the ticket was reserved was for the outbound or return trip. For example, the travel determination unit 1116 can compare the distance from the first user's address to the transportation facility's departure point with the distance from that address to the transportation facility's arrival point. The location of the facility serving as the departure point or arrival point is indicated by the facility location information stored in the facility DB 14b. The travel determination unit 1116 may determine that the ticket is an outbound ticket if the distance to the departure point is shorter, and may determine that the ticket is a return ticket if the distance to the arrival point is shorter. The travel determination unit 1116 may also determine that the first user's travel will begin at the scheduled departure date and time in the outbound transportation agency reservation information. Furthermore, the travel determination unit 1116 may also determine that the first user's travel will end at the scheduled arrival date and time in the return transportation agency reservation information. The travel determination unit 1116 may also utilize the location information of the user terminal 2-1. For example, the travel determination unit 1116 may determine that the first user's travel has begun when the user terminal 2-1's location reaches the departure point on the scheduled departure date. Alternatively, the travel determination unit 1116 may determine that the first user's travel has begun when the user terminal 2-1's location moves beyond a predetermined distance from the first user's address on the scheduled departure date. Furthermore, the travel determination unit 1116 may determine that the first user's travel has ended when the user terminal 2-1's location reaches the arrival point on the scheduled arrival date. Alternatively, the travel determination unit 1116 may determine that the first user's travel has ended when the user terminal 2-1's location approaches the first user's address on the scheduled arrival date and is within a predetermined distance.

旅行判定部1116,係亦可使用住宿設施預約資訊及交通機關預約資訊之雙方來進行判定。 The travel decision unit 1116 can also use both accommodation facility reservation information and transportation agency reservation information to make a decision.

旅行判定部1116,係亦可不使用預約資訊,而是基於使用者終端2-1的位置資訊,來判定第1使用者是否正在旅行中。例如,旅行判定部1116係亦可在使用者終端2-1的位置是從第1使用者之住址起遠離達到第1所定距 離(例如50km等)的情況下,判定為第1使用者正在進行旅行。然後,旅行判定部1116係亦可為,使用者終端2-1的位置是從第1使用者之住址起遠離達到第2所定距離(例如5km等)以上的時點起,到一路接近至該住址達到第2所定距離以內的時點為止,判定為第1使用者正在旅行中。第2所定距離係比第1所定距離還短。 The travel determination unit 1116 may determine whether the first user is traveling based on the location information of the user terminal 2-1, rather than using reservation information. For example, the travel determination unit 1116 may determine that the first user is traveling if the location of the user terminal 2-1 is a first predetermined distance (e.g., 50 km) away from the first user's address. Furthermore, the travel determination unit 1116 may determine that the first user is traveling if the location of the user terminal 2-1 moves from the first user's address to a second predetermined distance (e.g., 5 km) or more away from the first user's address and then moves closer to the address to within the second predetermined distance. The second predetermined distance is shorter than the first predetermined distance.

旅行判定部1116,係亦可例如監視著使用者終端2-1的位置,即時或定期地判定旅行的開始及結束。或者,旅行判定部1116,係亦可每次藉由結帳要求收訊部1103而接收到結帳要求時,就基於使用者終端2-1的位置之履歷或預約資訊,來判定第1使用者是否正在旅行中。 The travel determination unit 1116 can, for example, monitor the location of the user terminal 2-1 and determine the start and end of a trip in real time or periodically. Alternatively, each time the payment request receiving unit 1103 receives a billing request, the travel determination unit 1116 can determine whether the first user is currently traveling based on the location history of the user terminal 2-1 or reservation information.

旅行判定部1116,係亦可針對在第1使用者的旅行中所被接收之各結帳要求,將該筆結帳的交易號碼及進行了結帳的第1使用者的使用者ID,記憶在分攤付款保留結帳DB14i中。 The travel determination unit 1116 may also store the transaction number of each payment request received during the first user's travel and the user ID of the first user who made the payment in the shared payment reservation payment DB 14i.

圖20(a)係為住宿設施預約DB3a中所被記憶之住宿設施預約資訊之一例的圖示。圖20(b)係為交通機關票券預約DB3b中所被記憶之交通機關預約資訊之一例的圖示。例如,假設使用者U1是住在東京。使用者U1,係預定會和使用者U2及U3一起去沖繩旅行。於是,使用者U1,係在旅行預約網站中,預約了位於沖繩的飯店F。因此,如圖20(a)所示,住宿設施預約DB3a中,含有使用者U1之使用者ID的住宿設施預約,會被記憶。住宿開始日係為3月2日,住宿結束日係為3月4日。又,使用者U1, 係預約了3人份的羽田機場與那霸機場間的來回機票。因此,如圖20(b)所示,交通機關票券預約DB3b係記憶有,含有使用者U1之使用者ID的去程之交通機關預約資訊和回程之交通機關預約資訊。去程之出發預定日係為3月2日。回程之抵達預定日係為3月4日。 Figure 20(a) shows an example of accommodation reservation information stored in the accommodation reservation database 3a. Figure 20(b) shows an example of transportation reservation information stored in the transportation ticket reservation database 3b. For example, assume that user U1 lives in Tokyo. User U1 plans to travel to Okinawa with users U2 and U3. Therefore, user U1 makes a reservation for Hotel F in Okinawa on a travel reservation website. Therefore, as shown in Figure 20(a), an accommodation reservation containing user U1's user ID is stored in the accommodation reservation database 3a. The accommodation start date is March 2nd, and the accommodation end date is March 4th. Furthermore, user U1 has booked round-trip tickets for three people between Haneda Airport and Naha Airport. Therefore, as shown in Figure 20(b), the transportation ticket reservation DB3b stores both the outbound and return transportation reservation information, which contain the user ID of user U1. The scheduled departure date for the outbound trip is March 2nd. The scheduled arrival date for the return trip is March 4th.

圖20(c)係為旅行中的團體之行動之一例的圖示。在3月2日,使用者U1~U3抵達了羽田機場(步驟S201)。旅行判定部1116,係亦可從該時點起判定為使用者U1開始了旅行。使用者U1之團體,係在位於機場內的餐廳中吃早餐,使用者U1係將費用以電子結帳應用程式進行了結帳(S202)。其後,團體係搭乘客機而移動到那霸機場(步驟S203)。然後,團體係入住了飯店F(步驟S204)。在3月3日,團體係在租車店租借了租用車(步驟S205)。團體,係在位於路邊的咖啡廳,喝了咖啡(步驟S206)。該日的夜晚,團體係在居酒屋中進行了飲食(S207)。使用者U1,係將該日的各筆費用,以電子結帳應用程式進行了結帳。在3月4日,團體係退房飯店F,使用者U1係將住宿費用以電子結帳應用程式進行了結帳(步驟S208)。團體係抵達那霸機場,在位於機場內的商店購入了伴手禮。此時也是,使用者U1係將購入費用,以電子結帳應用程式進行了結帳。然後,團體係搭乘客機而移動至羽田機場(步驟S210)。旅行判定部1116,係亦可在第1使用者抵達了羽田機場的時點上,判定為旅行已經結束。然後,旅行判定部1116係亦可判定為,步驟S202、S205~S209之各者中的費 用之結帳,是在旅行中被進行。 Figure 20(c) is a diagram illustrating an example of the actions of a traveling group. On March 2, users U1 to U3 arrived at Haneda Airport (step S201). The travel determination unit 1116 can also determine that user U1 has started traveling from this point in time. User U1's group had breakfast at a restaurant located in the airport, and user U1 paid the bill using an electronic checkout application (S202). Afterwards, the group boarded a passenger plane and moved to Naha Airport (step S203). Then, the group checked into Hotel F (step S204). On March 3, the group rented a rental car at a rental car shop (step S205). The group drank coffee at a roadside cafe (step S206). That night, the group dined at an izakaya (S207). User U1 paid for each item of the day using the electronic checkout application. On March 4, the group checked out of Hotel F, and user U1 paid for the accommodation using the electronic checkout application (step S208). The group arrived at Naha Airport and purchased souvenirs at a store within the airport. At this time, user U1 also paid for the purchases using the electronic checkout application. The group then boarded a plane and traveled to Haneda Airport (step S210). The travel determination unit 1116 may also determine that the trip has ended when the first user arrives at Haneda Airport. Then, the travel determination unit 1116 may also determine that the payment in steps S202 and S205-S209 was made during the trip.

團體特定部1102,係亦可除了位置關係資訊以外,還考慮已被預約資訊取得部1115所取得之預約資訊,而特定出隸屬於團體的第2使用者。住宿設施預約資訊係含有住宿人數,交通機關預約資訊係含有座席數。住宿人數及座席數係有相當於團體之成員數的可能性。於是,團體特定部1102係亦可特定出,團體之成員數是與住宿人數或座席數一致之人數份的第2使用者。 The group identification unit 1102 can also identify a second user belonging to the group by considering the reservation information acquired by the reservation information acquisition unit 1115 in addition to the location information. Accommodation facility reservation information includes the number of guests staying, and transportation facility reservation information includes the number of seats. The number of guests staying or the number of seats may be equal to the number of members in the group. Therefore, the group identification unit 1102 can also identify a second user whose group has the same number of guests staying or seats.

結帳部1104,係亦可在隨應於被旅行判定部1116判定為是在第1使用者之旅行中所被接收之結帳要求而進行了結帳處理的情況下,亦可令使用者終端2-1上所被顯示的結帳完成畫面210中,不含有分攤付款訊息211、認可鈕212及非認可鈕213。因此,在費用被結帳的時點上,不會進行分攤付款。另一方面,結帳部1104,係亦可針對被判定為是在第1使用者之旅行中所被接收之結帳要求,而令結帳完成畫面210中,包含有分攤付款訊息211、認可鈕212及非認可鈕213。 If the checkout unit 1104 performs checkout processing in response to a checkout request determined by the travel determination unit 1116 to be received during the first user's travel, the checkout completion screen 210 displayed on the user terminal 2-1 may not include the split payment message 211, the approval button 212, and the rejection button 213. Therefore, split payment is not performed when the charges are settled. Alternatively, if the checkout unit 1104 determines that the checkout request is received during the first user's travel, the checkout completion screen 210 may include the split payment message 211, the approval button 212, and the rejection button 213.

結帳資訊送訊部1117,係亦可在被旅行判定部1116判定為是在第1使用者之旅行中所被接收之結帳要求是有複數筆的情況下,在已被旅行判定部1116判定為該旅行已經結束後,將這些複數個結帳要求所對應之複數個結帳分別予以表示的複數個結帳資訊,發送至使用者終端2-1。各結帳資訊係亦可含有:例如交易號碼、結帳日、支付對象的設施名、結帳額等。結帳資訊送訊部1117,係 亦可將含有已被旅行判定部1116判定為旅行已經結束之第1使用者之使用者ID的保留結帳資訊,從分攤付款保留結帳DB14i檢索出來。結帳資訊送訊部1117,係亦可將含有與保留結帳資訊中所含之交易號碼相同交易號碼的結帳日誌,從結帳履歷DB14d檢索出來。然後,結帳資訊送訊部1117,係亦可基於結帳日誌而生成結帳資訊。 If the travel determination unit 1116 determines that multiple payment requests have been received during the first user's trip, the payment information transmission unit 1117 may transmit, to the user terminal 2-1, multiple payment information indicating the multiple payments corresponding to each of the multiple payment requests after the travel determination unit 1116 determines that the trip has been completed. Each payment information may include, for example, the transaction number, payment date, name of the facility to be paid, and the payment amount. The payment information transmission unit 1117 may also retrieve, from the shared payment held payment DB 14i, the reserved payment information containing the user ID of the first user whose trip has been determined by the travel determination unit 1116 to have been completed. The checkout information sending unit 1117 can also retrieve the checkout log containing the same transaction number as the transaction number contained in the retained checkout information from the checkout history DB 14d. The checkout information sending unit 1117 can then generate checkout information based on the checkout log.

結帳資訊送訊部1117,係亦可令用來讓第1使用者確認及編輯設成分攤付款之結帳所需之結帳編輯畫面,被使用者終端2-1做顯示。結帳資訊送訊部1117,係亦可將例如相當於結帳編輯畫面的網頁,發送至使用者終端2-1。該網頁,係亦可含有結帳資訊。 The checkout information sending unit 1117 can also cause the user terminal 2-1 to display a checkout editing screen, which is required for the first user to confirm and edit the checkout settings for the stall payment. The checkout information sending unit 1117 can also send a webpage corresponding to the checkout editing screen to the user terminal 2-1. This webpage can also contain checkout information.

圖21係為結帳編輯畫面240之一例的圖示。如圖21所示,結帳編輯畫面240係亦可含有:複數個結帳資訊241、認可鈕243及非認可鈕244。各結帳資訊241係為,關於隨應於第1使用者之要求而被執行之結帳的資訊。各結帳資訊241係亦可含有例如:結帳日、支付對象之名稱、結帳額等。甚至,結帳資訊241亦可還含有刪除鈕242。刪除鈕242係為,用來將藉由結帳資訊241而被表示之結帳中所被支付的費用,從分攤付款之對象予以刪除而可進行操作的按鈕。一旦刪除鈕242被操作,則含有該刪除鈕242的結帳資訊241,就會從結帳編輯畫面240被消去。認可鈕243係為,用來認可將藉由結帳編輯畫面240中目前正被顯示之結帳資訊241而被表示之結帳中所被支付的費用設成分攤付款之對象,而可進行操作的按鈕。一旦 認可鈕243被操作,則使用者終端2-1,係亦可顯示出請款對象編輯畫面220。其後,亦可依照使用者操作,畫面會依序遷移至負擔金額編輯畫面230及請款確認畫面。 Figure 21 illustrates an example of a checkout edit screen 240. As shown in Figure 21, the checkout edit screen 240 may also include a plurality of checkout information 241, an approval button 243, and a disapproval button 244. Each checkout information 241 contains information regarding the checkout executed in response to the first user's request. Each checkout information 241 may also include, for example, the checkout date, the name of the payment recipient, and the checkout amount. Furthermore, the checkout information 241 may also include a delete button 242. Delete button 242 is a button used to delete the charges paid in the checkout indicated by the checkout information 241 from the payment allocation list. Once the delete button 242 is clicked, the billing information 241 containing the delete button 242 is deleted from the billing edit screen 240. The approve button 243 is used to approve the allocation of the charges paid in the billing information 241 currently displayed on the billing edit screen 240. Once the approve button 243 is clicked, the user terminal 2-1 will display the payment request edit screen 220. Subsequently, depending on the user's operation, the screen will sequentially transition to the payment request edit screen 230 and the payment request confirmation screen.

在對住宿設施的住宿費是以線上結帳而被支付的情況下,在目前為止所說明的方法中,該住宿費係不被包含在分攤付款之對象中。又,在住宿設施中住宿費是以現金而被結帳的情況下也是,該住宿費亦不被包含在分攤付款之對象中。甚至,假定交通機關之票券之購入費用之結帳中所能利用之方法是被限定成線上結帳的情況下,該購入費用也不被包含在分攤付款之對象中。然而,結帳資訊送訊部1117係可從預約資訊,取得費用。因此,結帳資訊送訊部1117係亦可為,為了旅行而在旅行中被利用之服務且為已被預約之服務,無論針對其之費用是否使用電子結帳應用程式而被結帳,且無論該結帳時期是否為旅行期間中,都可將該筆費用包含在分攤付款之對象中。例如,在圖21所示之例子的情況,來回之機票之購入費用也可被包含在分攤付款之對象中。 If accommodation fees at an accommodation facility are paid online, they are not included in the split payment method described so far. Furthermore, if accommodation fees at an accommodation facility are paid in cash, they are also not included in the split payment method. Furthermore, if the payment method for purchasing a transportation ticket is limited to online payment, the purchase fee is not included in the split payment method. However, the payment information sending unit 1117 can obtain the fee from the reservation information. Therefore, the billing information sending unit 1117 can also include services used during travel and reserved for travel in the items to be paid for in the split payment, regardless of whether the charges are paid using an electronic billing application and whether the billing period is during the travel period. For example, in the example shown in Figure 21, the purchase price of the round-trip air ticket can also be included in the items to be paid for in the split payment.

負擔金額取得部1107,係在被旅行判定部1116判定為是在第1使用者之旅行中所被接收之結帳要求是有複數個的情況下,亦可將隨應於這些複數個結帳要求資訊而被結帳的複數個費用之金額之合計所相應之負擔金之金額,加以取得。例如,負擔金額取得部1107,係亦可從已被結帳資訊送訊部1117所檢索到的各結帳日誌,取得結帳額。負擔金額取得部1107,係亦可將複數個結帳額之 合計,除以已被團體特定部1102所特定之團體之成員之人數,以計算每1人的負擔金額。或者,負擔金額取得部1107,係亦可將於費用之金額之合計及團體之各成員之年齡,來計算各成員的負擔金額。於負擔金額編輯畫面230中,在有任一筆結帳被從分攤付款之對象中刪除的情況下,負擔金額取得部1107,係亦可將已被刪除之結帳予以排除,來計算結帳額之合計。負擔金額取得部1107,係亦可和前述同樣地,對於為了旅行而被預約之服務的費用無論是否使用電子結帳應用程式而被結帳,都可將該筆費用包含在分攤付款之對象中。 If the travel determination unit 1116 determines that there are multiple billing requests received during the first user's travel, the payment amount acquisition unit 1107 may acquire the payment amount corresponding to the total of the multiple charges settled in response to the multiple billing request information. For example, the payment amount acquisition unit 1107 may acquire the payment amount from each billing log retrieved by the billing information transmission unit 1117. The payment amount acquisition unit 1107 may also divide the total of the multiple billing amounts by the number of members of the group identified by the group identification unit 1102 to calculate the payment amount per person. Alternatively, the contribution amount acquisition unit 1107 may calculate each member's contribution amount based on the total amount of the charges and the age of each group member. On the contribution amount edit screen 230, if any billing item is deleted from the split payment list, the contribution amount acquisition unit 1107 may exclude the deleted billing item and calculate the total billing amount. Similarly to the above, the contribution amount acquisition unit 1107 may also include charges for services booked for travel in the split payment list, regardless of whether the charges were made using an electronic billing application.

負擔金額資訊送訊部1110,係亦可在已被旅行判定部1116判定為第1使用者之旅行已經結束後,將表示隨應於費用額之合計而被負擔金額取得部1107所取得之負擔金額的負擔金額資訊,發送至使用者終端2-2。負擔金額資訊送訊部1110,係亦可一旦發送出負擔金額資訊,就將含有已被判定為旅行結束之第1使用者之使用者ID的保留結帳資訊,從分攤付款保留結帳DB14i中刪除。 After the travel determination unit 1116 determines that the first user's trip has been completed, the payment amount information transmission unit 1110 may transmit payment amount information indicating the payment amount obtained by the payment amount acquisition unit 1107 based on the total fare amount to the user terminal 2-2. Once the payment amount information is transmitted, the payment amount information transmission unit 1110 may delete the reserved account information containing the user ID of the first user determined to have completed the trip from the split payment reserved account DB 14i.

圖22係為請款畫面310之一例的圖示。於圖22中,關於和圖11相同之要素,係標示同一符號。如圖22所示,請款畫面310係亦可含有:複數個結帳資訊311、負擔金額資訊312、匯款鈕313、加值鈕314、非匯款鈕315、合計額316等。合計額316係表示,藉由複數個結帳資訊311而被表示之複數個結帳額之合計。 Figure 22 illustrates an example of a payment request screen 310. Elements identical to those in Figure 11 are denoted by the same symbols. As shown in Figure 22, payment request screen 310 may also include: multiple payment information 311, payment amount information 312, a transfer button 313, a top-up button 314, a non-transfer button 315, and a total amount 316. Total amount 316 represents the total of the multiple payment amounts indicated by the multiple payment information 311.

如以上說明,若依據本實施形態,則可基於 旅行所需服務之預約資訊,來判定利用了使用者終端2-1的結帳,是否是在第1使用者之旅行中被進行,以及第1使用者之旅行是否已經結束。結帳是在第1使用者之旅行中被進行的情況下,在該時點上,基於分攤付款的匯款所需之處理係不被進行。在旅行結束後,會針對旅行中所被進行的複數個結帳而加以彙整,進行基於分攤付款的匯款所需之處理。因此,第1使用者所隸屬之團體,係可將旅行中由第1使用者所支付的費用,在旅行後予以彙整然後變成分攤付款。 As described above, according to this embodiment, based on reservation information for travel services, it is possible to determine whether a payment made using user terminal 2-1 was made during the first user's trip and whether the first user's trip has already concluded. If a payment is made during the first user's trip, the processing required for remittance based on the split payment is not performed at that time. After the trip concludes, the multiple payments made during the trip are aggregated and the processing required for remittance based on the split payment is performed. Therefore, the group to which the first user belongs can aggregate the expenses paid by the first user during the trip and convert them into split payments after the trip.

[6.其他實施形態] [6. Other implementation forms]

在目前為止所說明的實施形態中,基於位置關係資訊的團體特定部1102所做的團體之特定,都是為了在分攤付款所需之團體內的成員間的匯款,而被進行。然而,團體之特定,係亦可被使用於,既非成員間的分攤付款也非匯款的用途。例如,團體之成員間的資訊之共享、團體內之成員間相應於共通或類似之屬性的資訊之配送、關於團體所處之設施的資訊之配送等中,亦可使用團體之特定。 In the embodiments described so far, group identification by the group identification unit 1102 based on location information is performed for the purpose of transferring funds between group members for split payments. However, group identification can also be used for purposes other than split payments or transfers. For example, group identification can be used to share information between group members, distribute information about common or similar attributes between group members, or distribute information about facilities where the group is located.

(附記1-1)一種支付處理裝置,其特徵為,具備:結帳要求資訊收訊手段,係用以接收結帳要求資訊,其係表示:利用了隸屬於使用者之團體的任一第1使用者所利用之第1終端裝置的結帳,且為要由前記第1使用者來進行支付之費用的結帳之要求;和負擔金額取得手段,係用以取得:隨應於前記已被接收之結帳要求資訊而被結帳 的前記費用之中,要向隸屬於前記團體的第2使用者且為異於前記第1使用者的第2使用者進行請款的負擔金之金額;和負擔金額資訊送訊手段,係用以將表示前記已被取得之負擔金之金額的負擔金額資訊,發送至前記第2使用者所利用的第2終端裝置;和匯款要求資訊收訊手段,係用以隨應於已經接收了前記所被發送之負擔金額資訊的前記第2終端裝置受理了匯款之操作,而從前記第2終端裝置接收表示匯款之要求的匯款要求資訊;和匯款手段,係用以隨應於前記匯款要求資訊被前記匯款要求資訊收訊手段所接收,而執行從前記第2使用者往前記第1使用者將前記負擔金進行匯款之處理。 (Supplementary Note 1-1) A payment processing device characterized by comprising: billing request information receiving means for receiving billing request information indicating a billing request for a charge to be paid by a first user who has used a first terminal device utilized by a first user belonging to a user group; and share amount obtaining means for obtaining a share amount to be charged to a second user belonging to the group and being different from the first user, from the charge settled in response to the previously received billing request information; and a share amount. The information transmitting means is configured to transmit the payment amount information indicating the amount of the previously acquired payment to the second terminal device used by the previously mentioned second user; the remittance request information receiving means is configured to receive remittance request information indicating a remittance request from the previously mentioned second terminal device in response to the previously mentioned second terminal device accepting the remittance operation after receiving the previously transmitted payment amount information; and the remittance means is configured to execute a remittance process of the previously mentioned payment from the previously mentioned second user to the previously mentioned first user in response to the previously mentioned remittance request information being received by the previously mentioned remittance request information receiving means.

(附記1-2)如附記1-1所記載之支付處理裝置,其特徵為,隨應於前記已被接收之結帳要求資訊而被結帳的前記費用,係為對某種設施而被支付的費用;還具備:位置關係資訊取得手段,係用以取得位置關係資訊,其係表示前記第1終端裝置、與異於前記第1終端裝置的至少一個終端裝置各者之間的位置關係,且前記位置關係資訊係含有表示前記第1終端裝置之位置的第1位置資訊;和特定手段,係用以在前記至少一個終端裝置之中,將根據前記已被取得之位置關係資訊而被表示為,前記第1終端裝置位於前記設施中之時的前記位置關係是呈現所定位置關係的終端裝置的利用使用者,特定成為隸屬於前記團體的前記第2使用者。 (Supplement 1-2) The payment processing device described in Supplement 1-1 is characterized in that the charges settled in response to the settlement request information received in the preceding paragraph are charges paid for a certain facility; and further comprises: a position relationship information acquisition means for acquiring position relationship information indicating a positional relationship between the first terminal device in the preceding paragraph and at least one terminal device other than the first terminal device in the preceding paragraph, and The aforementioned location relationship information includes first location information indicating the location of the aforementioned first terminal device; and identifying means for identifying, among at least one of the aforementioned terminal devices, a user of the terminal device that exhibits the aforementioned location relationship when the aforementioned first terminal device is located within the aforementioned facility based on the aforementioned location relationship information as a aforementioned second user belonging to the aforementioned group.

(附記1-3)如附記1-2所記載之支付處理裝 置,其特徵為,前記特定手段,係以前記第1位置資訊是表示前記第1終端裝置位於前記設施中達到所定時間以上為條件,而將前記第2使用者加以特定。 (Supplement 1-3) The payment processing device described in Supplement 1-2 is characterized in that the aforementioned identifying means identifies the aforementioned second user on the condition that the aforementioned first location information indicates that the aforementioned first terminal device has been located in the aforementioned facility for a predetermined period of time or longer.

(附記1-4)如附記1-2或1-3所記載之支付處理裝置,其特徵為,前記特定手段,係在前記至少一個終端裝置之中,將前記第1終端裝置位於前記設施外之時的與前記第1終端裝置之間的前記位置關係是呈現所定位置關係的終端裝置的利用使用者之中,特定出前記第2使用者。 (Supplement 1-4) The payment processing device as described in Supplement 1-2 or 1-3, characterized in that the aforementioned identifying means is to identify the aforementioned second user from among users of the aforementioned terminal devices whose aforementioned positional relationship with the aforementioned first terminal device when the aforementioned first terminal device is located outside the aforementioned facility.

(附記1-5)如附記1-2至1-4之任一項所記載之支付處理裝置,其特徵為,前記所被取得之位置關係資訊係還含有:表示前記第1終端裝置與前記至少一個終端裝置各者之間的無線通訊之狀況的通訊狀況資訊;前記特定手段,係基於前記通訊狀況資訊,而將前記第1終端裝置與前記至少一個終端裝置各者的前記位置關係,加以特定。 (Supplementary Note 1-5) The payment processing device as set forth in any one of Supplementary Notes 1-2 to 1-4, wherein the acquired location relationship information further includes communication status information indicating the status of wireless communication between the first terminal device and each of the at least one terminal devices; and the identifying means identifies the location relationship between the first terminal device and each of the at least one terminal devices based on the communication status information.

(附記1-6)如附記1-5所記載之支付處理裝置,其特徵為,前記至少一個終端裝置各者,係以無線發送所定訊號;前記通訊狀況資訊係表示,將抵達前記第1終端裝置之前記所定訊號予以發送過來的終端裝置;前記特定手段,係從將抵達前記第1終端裝置之前記所定訊號予以發送過來的前記終端裝置的利用使用者之中,特定出前記第2使用者。 (Appendix 1-6) The payment processing device described in Appendix 1-5 is characterized in that each of the aforementioned at least one terminal device wirelessly transmits a predetermined signal; the aforementioned communication status information indicates the terminal device that transmitted the predetermined signal before reaching the aforementioned first terminal device; and the aforementioned identifying means identifies the aforementioned second user from among users of the aforementioned terminal device that transmitted the predetermined signal before reaching the aforementioned first terminal device.

(附記1-7)如附記1-2至1-6之任一項所記載之 支付處理裝置,其特徵為,還具備:匯款履歷資訊取得手段,係用以取得匯款履歷資訊,其係表示可將匯款來源及匯款目標之各個使用者加以識別的匯款履歷,且前記第1使用者係為前記匯款來源及前記匯款目標之其中任一者的匯款履歷;前記特定手段,係基於前記已被取得之位置關係資訊及前記已被取得之匯款履歷資訊,而將前記第2使用者加以特定。 (Supplementary Note 1-7) The payment processing device as described in any of Supplementary Notes 1-2 to 1-6 is further characterized by comprising: remittance history information acquisition means for acquiring remittance history information representing remittance history that can identify each user of a remittance source and a remittance destination, wherein the aforementioned first user is the remittance history of either the aforementioned remittance source or the aforementioned remittance destination; and identifying means for identifying the aforementioned second user based on the aforementioned location relationship information and the aforementioned remittance history information.

(附記1-8)如附記1-7所記載之支付處理裝置,其特徵為,前記所定位置關係係包含:所定之第1位置關係、和異於前記第1位置關係的所定之第2位置關係;前記特定手段,係將與前記第1終端裝置之間的位置關係是呈現前記第1位置關係同時也呈現前記第2位置關係的終端裝置的利用使用者,特定成為隸屬於前記團體的前記第2使用者;前記特定手段,係在與前記第1終端裝置之間的位置關係,是僅呈現前記第1位置關係及前記第2位置關係之其中任一方之終端裝置的利用使用者與前記第1使用者之間存在有匯款之事實的情況下,將該使用者,特定成為隸屬於前記團體的前記第2使用者。 (Note 1-8) The payment processing device described in Note 1-7 is characterized in that the position relationship specified in the preceding note includes: a predetermined first position relationship, and a predetermined second position relationship different from the predetermined first position relationship; the specific means specified in the preceding note is to use a terminal device that presents the predetermined first position relationship and the predetermined second position relationship with the predetermined first terminal device. , specifically identified as the aforementioned second user belonging to the aforementioned group; the aforementioned identifying means is to identify the user as the aforementioned second user belonging to the aforementioned group when the location relationship with the aforementioned first terminal device is such that only a user using a terminal device in either the aforementioned first location relationship or the aforementioned second location relationship has transferred money to the aforementioned first user.

(附記1-9)如附記1-2至1-8之任一項所記載之支付處理裝置,其特徵為,還具備:請款對象資訊送訊手段,係用以將表示前記已被特定之第2使用者的請款對象資訊,發送至前記第1終端裝置;和編輯請款對象資訊取得手段,係隨應於前記第1終端裝置受理了用來編輯藉由前記已被發送之請款對象資訊而被表示之前記第2使用者 的操作,而將表示前記編輯後之前記第2使用者的編輯請款對象資訊,加以取得;前記負擔金額取得手段,係針對被前記已被取得之編輯請款對象資訊所表示的前記第2使用者,而將前記負擔金之金額,加以取得;前記負擔金額資訊送訊手段,係向被前記已被取得之編輯請款對象資訊所表示的前記第2使用者所利用的前記第2終端裝置,發送前記負擔金額資訊。 (Supplementary Note 1-9) The payment processing device as described in any of Supplementary Notes 1-2 to 1-8 is characterized by further comprising: payment request information transmission means for transmitting payment request information indicating the second user identified in the preceding paragraph to the preceding first terminal device; and payment request information editing acquisition means for acquiring payment request information in response to the preceding first terminal device accepting an operation for editing the payment request information transmitted in the preceding paragraph indicating the second user identified in the preceding paragraph. The edited payment recipient information of the second user in the previous record after the previous record was edited is obtained. The means for obtaining the amount of the previous record liability is used to obtain the amount of the previous record liability for the second user in the previous record indicated by the edited payment recipient information obtained in the previous record. The means for transmitting the amount of the previous record liability information is used to transmit the amount of the previous record liability information to the second terminal device in the previous record used by the second user in the previous record indicated by the edited payment recipient information obtained in the previous record.

(附記1-10)如附記1-2至1-9之任一項所記載之支付處理裝置,其特徵為,前記所定位置關係係為,前記第1使用者與前記第2使用者是以前記團體的方式來利用設施時才會看到的位置關係,且為前記第1終端裝置與前記第2終端裝置的位置關係。 (Supplementary Note 1-10) The payment processing device described in any of Supplementary Notes 1-2 to 1-9 is characterized in that the location relationship specified in the preceding paragraph is a location relationship that is visible only when the first user and the second user utilize the facility as a group, and is a location relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device.

(附記1-11)如附記1-1至1-10之任一項所記載之支付處理裝置,其特徵為,還具備:賦予手段,係用以隨應於前記匯款之處理已被前記匯款手段所執行,而執行向前記第1使用者及前記第2使用者之中至少任一方賦予贈禮之處理。 (Supplementary Note 1-11) The payment processing device described in any of Supplementary Notes 1-1 to 1-10 is further provided with: granting means for performing a process of granting a gift to at least one of the aforementioned first user and the aforementioned second user, in response to the aforementioned remittance process having been performed by the aforementioned remittance means.

(附記1-12)如附記1-11所記載之支付處理裝置,其特徵為,前記賦予手段,係將前記負擔金之金額所相應之價值的前記贈禮,賦予給前記第2使用者。 (Note 1-12) The payment processing device described in Note 1-11 is characterized in that the means for granting the pre-credit is to grant a pre-credit gift of a value corresponding to the amount of the pre-credit contribution to the second user.

(附記1-13)如附記1-11或1-12所記載之支付處理裝置,其特徵為,前記所被結帳之費用係為,前記第1使用者利用任一第1設施之際,對前記第1設施而由前記第1使用者所支付的費用;前記賦予手段,係在異於前記 第1設施的設施之中,將可在位於距離前記第1設施所定範圍內之第2設施中做利用的贈禮,賦予給前記第2使用者。 (Note 1-13) The payment processing device described in Notes 1-11 or 1-12 is characterized in that the charges charged in the preceding paragraph are charges paid by the preceding user for the preceding first facility when the preceding user uses any of the preceding first facilities; and the granting means in the preceding paragraph grants the preceding second user a gift of use at a second facility located within a predetermined range from the preceding first facility, among facilities other than the preceding first facility.

(附記1-14)如附記1-11至1-13之任一項所記載之支付處理裝置,其特徵為,前記所被結帳之費用係為,前記第1使用者利用任一設施之際,對前記設施而由前記第1使用者所支付的費用;前記賦予手段,係將可在前記設施中做利用的贈禮,賦予給前記第2使用者。 (Note 1-14) The payment processing device described in any of Notes 1-11 to 1-13 is characterized in that the charges charged are charges paid by the first user for the facility when the first user uses any facility, and the granting means grants the second user a gift for use in the facility.

(附記1-15)如附記1-11至1-14之任一項所記載之支付處理裝置,其特徵為,前記賦予手段,係將扣除了前記已被取得之負擔金之金額之後的前記費用之金額所相應之價值的前記贈禮,賦予給前記第1使用者。 (Note 1-15) The payment processing device described in any of Notes 1-11 to 1-14 is characterized in that the means for granting the pre-credit is to grant the pre-credit gift to the first user of the pre-credit, the value of which corresponds to the amount of the pre-credit expenses after deducting the amount of the pre-credit already obtained.

(附記1-16)如附記1-11至1-15之任一項所記載之支付處理裝置,其特徵為,前記匯款手段係執行,將前記負擔金以所定電子貨幣進行匯款的前記處理;前記賦予手段,係在前記匯款手段所致之前記匯款,是前記第2使用者所致之前記所定電子貨幣的首次利用的情況下,將前記贈禮賦予給前記第1使用者。 (Note 1-16) The payment processing device described in any of Notes 1-11 to 1-15 is characterized in that the pre-credit remittance means is a pre-credit processing means for remitting the pre-credit liability in a specified electronic currency; and the pre-credit granting means is a means for granting a pre-credit gift to the first user of the previous record if the pre-credit remittance resulting from the pre-credit remittance means is the first use of the specified electronic currency by the second user of the previous record.

(附記1-17)如附記1-1至1-16之任一項所記載之支付處理裝置,其特徵為,前記負擔金額取得手段,係將前記第1使用者之負擔金之金額及前記第2使用者之負擔金之金額,分別決定成前記第1使用者之年齡及前記第2使用者之年齡所相應之金額;前記負擔金額資訊送訊手段,係將表示已被前記負擔金額取得手段針對前記第2使用者所決定之前記負擔金之金額的前記負擔金額資訊,予以發 送。 (Supplementary Note 1-17) The payment processing device described in any of Supplementary Notes 1-1 to 1-16 is characterized in that the means for obtaining the pre-credited liability amount determines the amount of the pre-credited first user and the amount of the pre-credited second user as amounts corresponding to the ages of the pre-credited first user and the pre-credited second user, respectively; and the means for transmitting pre-credited liability amount information transmits pre-credited liability amount information indicating the amount of the pre-credited liability determined by the means for obtaining the pre-credited liability amount for the pre-credited second user.

(附記1-18)如附記1-1至1-17之任一項所記載之支付處理裝置,其特徵為,還具備:第2負擔金額資訊送訊手段,係用以將表示前記已被取得之負擔金之金額的第2負擔金額資訊,發送至前記第1終端裝置;和變更負擔金額資訊取得手段,係用以隨應於前記第1終端裝置受理了用來變更藉由前記已被發送之第2負擔金額資訊而被表示之前記負擔金之金額的操作,而將表示前記變更後之前記負擔金之金額的變更負擔金額資訊,加以取得;前記負擔金額資訊送訊手段,係將前記已被取得之變更負擔金額資訊,當作前記負擔金額資訊而予以發送。 (Note 1-18) The payment processing device as described in any one of Notes 1-1 to 1-17 is characterized by further comprising: a second liability amount information transmission means for transmitting the second liability amount information indicating the amount of the liability obtained in the aforementioned note to the aforementioned first terminal device; and a liability amount information change acquisition means for obtaining the change of the liability amount information in response to the aforementioned first terminal device. The device receives an operation to change the amount of the previously recorded liability indicated by the second liability amount information transmitted in the previous record, and obtains the changed liability amount information indicating the amount of the previously recorded liability after the previous record is changed. The previously recorded liability amount information transmitting means transmits the previously recorded changed liability amount information as the previously recorded liability amount information.

(附記1-19)如附記1-1至1-18之任一項所記載之支付處理裝置,其特徵為,還具備:預約資訊取得手段,係用以取得預約資訊,其係表示,前記第1使用者對於為了旅行而可在該旅行中做利用之服務所做的預約;和判定手段,係用以基於前記已被取得之預約資訊而分別判定:前記第1使用者在前記旅行中是否已藉由前記結帳要求資訊收訊手段而接收到前記結帳要求資訊、與前記旅行是否已結束;前記負擔金額取得手段,係在已被前記判定手段判定為,在前記旅行中已被接收之前記結帳要求資訊是有複數個的情況下,將隨應於該複數個結帳要求資訊而被結帳的複數個前記費用之金額之合計所相應之前記負擔金之金額,加以取得;前記負擔金額資訊送訊手段,係在已被前記判定手段判定為前記旅行已結束之後,將表示隨 應於前記費用之金額之合計而已被前記負擔金額取得手段所取得之前記負擔金之金額之合計的前記負擔金額資訊,予以發送。 (Note 1-19) The payment processing device as described in any one of Notes 1-1 to 1-18 is characterized by further comprising: reservation information acquisition means for acquiring reservation information indicating the reservation made by the first user for the service that can be used during the trip; and determination means for determining, based on the reservation information acquired in the previous record, whether the first user has received the previous record settlement request information during the previous record trip through the previous record settlement request information receiving means and whether the previous record trip has ended; and the previous record borne amount acquisition means. The preceding section, if the preceding determination means has determined that multiple preceding billing request information has been received during the preceding trip, obtains the preceding liability amount corresponding to the total of the multiple preceding charges settled in response to the multiple billing request information. The preceding liability amount information transmission means, after the preceding determination means has determined that the preceding trip has been completed, transmits preceding liability amount information indicating the total of the preceding liability amounts obtained by the preceding liability amount acquisition means in response to the total of the preceding charges.

(附記1-20)一種支付處理方法,係為藉由電腦而被執行的支付方法,其特徵為,具備:結帳要求資訊收訊步驟,係接收結帳要求資訊,其係表示:利用了隸屬於使用者之團體的任一第1使用者所利用之第1終端裝置的結帳,且為要由前記第1使用者來進行支付之費用的結帳之要求;和負擔金額取得步驟,係在隨應於前記已被接收之結帳要求資訊而被結帳的前記費用之中,將要向隸屬於前記團體的第2使用者,且為異於前記第1使用者的第2使用者進行請款的負擔金之金額,加以取得;和負擔金額資訊送訊步驟,係將表示前記已被取得之負擔金之金額的負擔金額資訊,發送至前記第2使用者所利用的第2終端裝置;和匯款要求資訊收訊步驟,係隨應於已經接收了前記所被發送之負擔金額資訊的前記第2終端裝置受理了匯款之操作,而從前記第2終端裝置接收表示匯款之要求的匯款要求資訊;和匯款步驟,係隨應於前記匯款要求資訊被前記匯款要求資訊收訊步驟所接收,而執行從前記第2使用者往前記第1使用者將前記負擔金進行匯款之處理。 (Note 1-20) A payment processing method is a payment method executed by a computer, characterized by comprising: a settlement request information receiving step for receiving settlement request information indicating a settlement request for payment of a charge to be paid by the first user using a first terminal device utilized by any first user belonging to a user group; and a contribution amount obtaining step for collecting the contribution amount to be paid from a second user belonging to the first user, who is different from the first user, out of the charges settled in response to the settlement request information received. and a burden amount information sending step, which sends burden amount information indicating the amount of burden obtained in the previous record to the second terminal device used by the second user in the previous record; and a remittance request information receiving step, which receives the burden amount information sent in the previous record in response to the second terminal device in the previous record. The device accepts the remittance operation and receives remittance request information indicating a remittance request from the aforementioned second terminal device; and the remittance step, in response to the aforementioned remittance request information being received by the aforementioned remittance request information receiving step, executes a remittance process for remitting the aforementioned balance from the aforementioned second user to the aforementioned first user.

(附記1-21)一種支付處理程式,其特徵為,令電腦發揮機能而成為:結帳要求資訊收訊手段,係用以接收結帳要求資訊,其係表示:利用了隸屬於使用者之團體的任一第1使用者所利用之第1終端裝置的結帳,且為要 由前記第1使用者來進行支付之費用的結帳之要求;和負擔金額取得手段,係用以取得:隨應於前記已被接收之結帳要求資訊而被結帳的前記費用之中,要向隸屬於前記團體的第2使用者且為異於前記第1使用者的第2使用者進行請款的負擔金之金額;和負擔金額資訊送訊手段,係用以將表示前記已被取得之負擔金之金額的負擔金額資訊,發送至前記第2使用者所利用的第2終端裝置;和匯款要求資訊收訊手段,係用以隨應於已經接收了前記所被發送之負擔金額資訊的前記第2終端裝置受理了匯款之操作,而從前記第2終端裝置接收表示匯款之要求的匯款要求資訊;和匯款手段,係用以隨應於前記匯款要求資訊被前記匯款要求資訊收訊手段所接收,而執行從前記第2使用者往前記第1使用者將前記負擔金進行匯款之處理。 (Note 1-21) A payment processing program, characterized by causing a computer to function as: billing request information receiving means for receiving billing request information indicating a billing request for payment of charges to be paid by a first user who utilizes a first terminal device utilized by a first user belonging to a user group; and payment amount obtaining means for obtaining a payment amount to be charged to a second user belonging to the previous group, who is different from the first user, for the previous charges settled in response to the previously received billing request information; The burden amount information transmitting means is used to transmit burden amount information indicating the amount of the previously acquired burden to the second terminal device used by the previously mentioned second user. The remittance request information receiving means is used to receive remittance request information indicating a remittance request from the previously mentioned second terminal device in response to the previously mentioned second terminal device accepting the remittance operation after receiving the previously transmitted burden amount information. The remittance means is used to execute a remittance process of the previously mentioned burden from the previously mentioned second user to the previously mentioned first user in response to the previously mentioned remittance request information being received by the previously mentioned remittance request information receiving means.

(附記2-1)一種團體特定裝置,其特徵為,具備:位置關係資訊取得手段,係用以取得位置關係資訊,其係表示隸屬於使用者之團體的任一第1使用者所利用之第1終端裝置、與異於前記第1終端裝置的至少一個終端裝置各者之間的位置關係,且前記位置關係資訊係含有表示前記第1終端裝置之位置的第1位置資訊;和特定手段,係用以在前記至少一個終端裝置之中,將根據前記已被取得之位置關係資訊而被表示為,前記第1終端裝置位於任一設施中之時的前記位置關係是呈現所定位置關係的終端裝置的利用使用者,特定成為隸屬於前記團體的第2使用者。 (Supplementary Note 2-1) A group identifying device is characterized by comprising: location relationship information acquisition means for acquiring location relationship information indicating a location relationship between a first terminal device used by any first user belonging to a group of users and at least one terminal device different from the aforementioned first terminal device, wherein the aforementioned location relationship information includes first location information indicating the location of the aforementioned first terminal device; and identifying means for identifying, among the aforementioned at least one terminal device, a user who is a user of a terminal device whose aforementioned location relationship, when indicated by the aforementioned acquired location relationship information, exhibits a predetermined location relationship when the aforementioned first terminal device is located in any facility, as a second user belonging to the aforementioned group.

(附記2-2)如附記2-1所記載之團體特定裝置,其特徵為,前記特定手段,係以前記第1位置資訊是表示前記第1終端裝置位於前記設施中達到所定時間以上為條件,而將前記第2使用者加以特定。 (Appendix 2-2) The group identification device described in Appendix 2-1 is characterized in that the aforementioned identification means identifies the aforementioned second user under the condition that the aforementioned first location information indicates that the aforementioned first terminal device has been located in the aforementioned facility for a predetermined period of time or longer.

(附記2-3)如附記2-1或2-2所記載之團體特定裝置,其特徵為,前記特定手段,係在前記至少一個終端裝置之中,將前記第1終端裝置位於前記設施外之時的與前記第1終端裝置之間的前記位置關係是呈現所定位置關係的終端裝置的利用使用者之中,特定出前記第2使用者。 (Supplement 2-3) The group identification device as described in Supplement 2-1 or 2-2 is characterized in that the aforementioned identifying means is to identify the aforementioned second user from among users of the terminal devices whose aforementioned positional relationship with the aforementioned first terminal device when the aforementioned first terminal device is located outside the aforementioned facility.

(附記2-4)如附記2-1至2-3之任一項所記載之團體特定裝置,其特徵為,前記所被取得之位置關係資訊係還含有:表示前記第1終端裝置與前記至少一個終端裝置各者之間的無線通訊之狀況的通訊狀況資訊;前記特定手段,係基於前記通訊狀況資訊,而將前記第1終端裝置與前記至少一個終端裝置各者的前記位置關係,加以特定。 (Supplementary Note 2-4) The group identifying device according to any of Supplementary Notes 2-1 to 2-3, wherein the acquired location relationship information further includes communication status information indicating the status of wireless communication between the first terminal device and each of the at least one terminal devices; and the identifying means identifies the location relationship between the first terminal device and each of the at least one terminal devices based on the communication status information.

(附記2-5)如附記2-4所記載之團體特定裝置,其特徵為,前記至少一個終端裝置各者,係以無線發送所定訊號;前記通訊狀況資訊係表示,將抵達前記第1終端裝置之前記所定訊號予以發送過來的終端裝置;前記特定手段,係從將抵達前記第1終端裝置之前記所定訊號予以發送過來的前記終端裝置的利用使用者之中,特定出前記第2使用者。 (Appendix 2-5) The group identification device described in Appendix 2-4 is characterized in that each of the aforementioned at least one terminal device wirelessly transmits a predetermined signal; the aforementioned communication status information indicates the terminal device from which the predetermined signal was transmitted before reaching the aforementioned first terminal device; and the aforementioned identification means identifies the aforementioned second user from among users of the aforementioned terminal device from which the predetermined signal was transmitted before reaching the aforementioned first terminal device.

(附記2-6)如附記2-1至2-5之任一項所記載之團體特定裝置,其特徵為,還具備:匯款履歷資訊取得手段,係用以取得匯款履歷資訊,其係表示可將匯款來源及匯款目標之各個使用者加以識別的匯款履歷,且前記第1使用者係為前記匯款來源及前記匯款目標之其中任一者的匯款履歷;前記特定手段,係基於前記已被取得之位置關係資訊及前記已被取得之匯款履歷資訊,而將前記第2使用者加以特定。 (Appendix 2-6) The group identifying device according to any of Appendices 2-1 to 2-5, further comprising: remittance history information acquisition means for acquiring remittance history information representing remittance history that can identify each user of a remittance source and a remittance destination, wherein the aforementioned first user is the remittance history of either the aforementioned remittance source or the aforementioned remittance destination; and identifying means for identifying the aforementioned second user based on the aforementioned location relationship information and the aforementioned remittance history information.

(附記2-7)如附記2-6所記載之團體特定裝置,其特徵為,前記所定位置關係係包含:所定之第1位置關係、和異於前記第1位置關係的所定之第2位置關係;前記特定手段,係將與前記第1終端裝置之間的位置關係是呈現前記第1位置關係同時也呈現前記第2位置關係的終端裝置的利用使用者,特定成為隸屬於前記團體的前記第2使用者;前記特定手段,係在與前記第1終端裝置之間的位置關係,是僅呈現前記第1位置關係及前記第2位置關係之其中任一方之終端裝置的利用使用者與前記第1使用者之間存在有匯款之事實的情況下,將該使用者,特定成為隸屬於前記團體的前記第2使用者。 (Note 2-7) The group-specific device described in Note 2-6 is characterized in that the positional relationship specified in the preceding note includes: a predetermined first positional relationship, and a predetermined second positional relationship different from the predetermined first positional relationship; the specific means specified in the preceding note is to use a terminal device whose positional relationship with the predetermined first terminal device is such that the terminal device presents both the predetermined first positional relationship and the predetermined second positional relationship. , specifically identified as the aforementioned second user belonging to the aforementioned group; the aforementioned identifying means is to identify the user as the aforementioned second user belonging to the aforementioned group when the location relationship with the aforementioned first terminal device is such that only a user using a terminal device in either the aforementioned first location relationship or the aforementioned second location relationship has transferred money to the aforementioned first user.

(附記2-8)如附記2-1至2-7之任一項所記載之團體特定裝置,其特徵為,前記所定位置關係係為,前記第1使用者與前記第2使用者是以前記團體的方式來利用前記設施時才會看到的位置關係,且為前記第1終端裝置與前記第2使用者所利用之第2終端裝置的位置關係。 (Supplementary Note 2-8) For group-specific devices as described in any of Supplementary Notes 2-1 to 2-7, the positional relationship specified in the preceding paragraph is a positional relationship that is visible only when the first user and the second user utilize the facility as a group, and is a positional relationship between the first terminal device and the second terminal device utilized by the second user.

(附記2-9)如附記2-1至2-8之任一項所記載之團體特定裝置,其特徵為,還具備:結帳要求資訊收訊手段,係用以接收結帳要求資訊,其係表示:利用了前記第1終端裝置的結帳,且為要由前記第1使用者來進行支付之費用的結帳之要求;和負擔金額取得手段,係用以在隨應於前記已被接收之結帳要求資訊而被結帳的前記費用之中,將要向前記第2使用者進行請款的負擔金之金額,加以取得;和負擔金額資訊送訊手段,係用以將表示前記已被取得之負擔金之金額的負擔金額資訊,發送至前記第2使用者所利用的第2終端裝置。 (Supplementary Note 2-9) The group identifying device according to any one of Supplementary Notes 2-1 to 2-8 is further provided with: billing request information receiving means for receiving billing request information indicating a billing request for charges to be paid by the first user using the first terminal device; share amount obtaining means for obtaining the share amount to be charged to the second user from the charges settled in response to the received billing request information; and share amount information transmitting means for transmitting share amount information indicating the share amount obtained in the first terminal device to the second user.

(附記2-10)如附記2-9所記載之團體特定裝置,其特徵為,還具備:匯款要求資訊收訊手段,係用以隨應於已經接收了前記所被發送之負擔金額資訊的前記第2終端裝置受理了匯款之操作,而從前記第2終端裝置接收表示匯款之要求的匯款要求資訊;和匯款手段,係用以隨應於前記匯款要求資訊被前記匯款要求資訊收訊手段所接收,而執行從前記第2使用者往前記第1使用者將前記負擔金進行匯款之處理。 (Appendix 2-10) The group-specifying device described in Appendix 2-9 is characterized by further comprising: remittance request information receiving means for receiving remittance request information indicating a remittance request from the aforementioned second terminal device in response to the aforementioned second terminal device, which has received the previously transmitted payment amount information, accepting the remittance operation; and remittance means for executing a remittance process for remitting the aforementioned payment amount from the aforementioned second user to the aforementioned first user in response to the aforementioned remittance request information being received by the aforementioned remittance request information receiving means.

(附記2-11)如附記2-9或2-10所記載之團體特定裝置,其特徵為,還具備:請款對象資訊送訊手段,係用以將表示前記已被特定之第2使用者的請款對象資訊,發送至前記第1終端裝置;和編輯請款對象資訊取得手段,係隨應於前記第1終端裝置受理了用來編輯藉由前記已被發送之請款對象資訊而被表示之前記第2使用者的操 作,而將表示前記編輯後之前記第2使用者的編輯請款對象資訊,加以取得;前記負擔金額取得手段,係針對被前記已被取得之編輯請款對象資訊所表示的前記第2使用者,而將前記負擔金之金額,加以取得;前記負擔金額資訊送訊手段,係向被前記已被取得之編輯請款對象資訊所表示的前記第2使用者所利用的前記第2終端裝置,發送前記負擔金額資訊。 (Supplementary Note 2-11) The group identification device described in Supplementary Note 2-9 or 2-10 is characterized by further comprising: payment recipient information transmission means for transmitting payment recipient information indicating the second user identified in the preceding note to the first terminal device in the preceding note; and payment recipient information editing acquisition means for acquiring payment recipient information in response to the first terminal device in the preceding note accepting an operation for editing the payment recipient information transmitted in the preceding note indicating the second user identified in the preceding note. The edited payment recipient information of the second user in the previous record after the previous record was edited is obtained. The means for obtaining the amount of the previous record liability is used to obtain the amount of the previous record liability for the second user in the previous record indicated by the edited payment recipient information obtained in the previous record. The means for transmitting the amount of the previous record liability information is used to transmit the amount of the previous record liability information to the second terminal device in the previous record used by the second user in the previous record indicated by the edited payment recipient information obtained in the previous record.

(附記2-12)一種團體特定方法,係為藉由電腦而被執行的團體特定方法,其特徵為,含有:位置關係資訊取得步驟,係取得位置關係資訊,其係表示隸屬於使用者之團體的任一第1使用者所利用之第1終端裝置、與異於前記第1終端裝置的至少一個終端裝置各者之間的位置關係,且前記位置關係資訊係含有表示前記第1終端裝置之位置的第1位置資訊;和特定步驟,係在前記至少一個終端裝置之中,將根據前記已被取得之位置關係資訊而被表示為,前記第1終端裝置位於任一設施中之時的前記位置關係是呈現所定位置關係的終端裝置的利用使用者,特定成為隸屬於前記團體的第2使用者。 (Note 2-12) A group identification method is a group identification method executed by a computer, and is characterized by comprising: a position relationship information acquisition step of acquiring position relationship information, which represents the position relationship between a first terminal device used by any first user belonging to a group of users and at least one terminal device different from the aforementioned first terminal device, and the aforementioned position relationship information includes first position information representing the position of the aforementioned first terminal device; and a specifying step of specifying, in the aforementioned at least one terminal device, as a second user belonging to the aforementioned group, a user who uses a terminal device whose aforementioned position relationship when the aforementioned first terminal device is located in any facility is represented by the aforementioned acquired position relationship information as a second user belonging to the aforementioned group.

(附記2-13)一種團體特定程式,其特徵為,係使電腦發揮機能而成為:位置關係資訊取得手段,係用以取得位置關係資訊,其係表示隸屬於使用者之團體的任一第1使用者所利用之第1終端裝置、與異於前記第1終端裝置的至少一個終端裝置各者之間的位置關係,且前記位置關係資訊係含有表示前記第1終端裝置之位置的第1位置 資訊;和特定手段,係用以在前記至少一個終端裝置之中,將根據前記已被取得之位置關係資訊而被表示為,前記第1終端裝置位於任一設施中之時的前記位置關係是呈現所定位置關係的終端裝置的利用使用者,特定成為隸屬於前記團體的第2使用者。 (Supplementary Note 2-13) A group identifying program is characterized by causing a computer to function as: position relationship information acquisition means for acquiring position relationship information indicating a positional relationship between a first terminal device used by any first user belonging to a group of users and at least one terminal device other than the first terminal device, wherein the position relationship information includes first position information indicating the position of the first terminal device; and identifying means for identifying, among the at least one terminal device, a user who is using a terminal device whose positional relationship, when indicated by the acquired position relationship information, when the first terminal device is located in any facility, is such that the first terminal device exhibits a predetermined positional relationship, as a second user belonging to the group.

1:電子結帳伺服器 1: Electronic checkout server

2:使用者終端 2: User terminal

NW:網路 NW: Network

S:通訊系統 S: Communication system

Claims (22)

一種支付處理裝置,其特徵為,具備: 結帳要求資訊收訊手段,係用以接收結帳要求資訊,其係表示:利用了隸屬於使用者之團體的任一第1使用者所利用之第1終端裝置的結帳,且為要由前記第1使用者來進行支付之費用的結帳之要求;和 負擔金額取得手段,係用以取得:隨應於前記已被接收之結帳要求資訊而被結帳的前記費用之中,要向隸屬於前記團體的第2使用者且為異於前記第1使用者的第2使用者進行請款的負擔金之金額;和 負擔金額資訊送訊手段,係用以將表示前記已被取得之負擔金之金額的負擔金額資訊,發送至前記第2使用者所利用的第2終端裝置;和 匯款要求資訊收訊手段,係用以隨應於已經接收了前記所被發送之負擔金額資訊的前記第2終端裝置受理了匯款之操作,而從前記第2終端裝置接收表示匯款之要求的匯款要求資訊;和 匯款手段,係用以隨應於前記匯款要求資訊被前記匯款要求資訊收訊手段所接收,而執行從前記第2使用者往前記第1使用者將前記負擔金進行匯款之處理;和 賦予手段,係用以把從前記第2使用者往前記第1使用者將前記負擔金進行匯款之處理是已經藉由前記匯款手段而被執行的這件事情當作條件,執行對前記第1使用者賦予贈禮之處理。 A payment processing device characterized by comprising: Accounting request information receiving means for receiving account information indicating a request for payment of charges to be paid by the first user using a first terminal device utilized by a first user belonging to a user group; and Contribution amount obtaining means for obtaining the contribution amount to be charged to a second user belonging to the first user, who is different from the first user, of the charges settled in response to the previously received account information; and The liability amount information transmitting means is configured to transmit liability amount information indicating the amount of the liability acquired in the previous record to the second terminal device used by the second user in the previous record; and The remittance request information receiving means is configured to receive remittance request information indicating a remittance request from the second terminal device in response to the second terminal device in response to the second terminal device in response to the previously transmitted liability amount information accepting the remittance operation; and The remittance means is configured to execute a remittance process of the previous liability from the second user in the previous record to the first user in response to the previous remittance request information being received by the previous remittance request information receiving means; and The granting means is used to grant the gift to the first user in the preceding paragraph, conditioned on the fact that the remittance of the previous contribution from the second user in the preceding paragraph to the first user in the preceding paragraph has already been executed through the remittance means in the preceding paragraph. 如請求項1所記載之支付處理裝置,其中, 隨應於前記已被接收之結帳要求資訊而被結帳的前記費用,係為對某種設施而被支付的費用; 還具備: 位置關係資訊取得手段,係用以取得位置關係資訊,其係表示前記第1終端裝置、與異於前記第1終端裝置的至少一個終端裝置各者之間的位置關係,且前記位置關係資訊係含有表示前記第1終端裝置之位置的第1位置資訊;和 特定手段,係用以在前記至少一個終端裝置之中,將根據前記已被取得之位置關係資訊而被表示為,前記第1終端裝置位於前記設施中之時的前記位置關係是呈現所定位置關係的終端裝置的利用使用者,特定成為隸屬於前記團體的前記第2使用者。 The payment processing device as recited in claim 1, wherein: the previously recorded charges settled in response to the previously received settlement request information are charges paid for a certain facility; further comprising: position relationship information acquisition means for acquiring position relationship information indicating a positional relationship between the previously recorded first terminal device and at least one terminal device other than the previously recorded first terminal device, wherein the previously recorded position relationship information includes first position information indicating the position of the previously recorded first terminal device; and The identifying means is for identifying, among at least one terminal device, a user of the terminal device whose previous location relationship, when the first terminal device is located in the facility, is indicated as exhibiting the predetermined location relationship based on the previously acquired location relationship information, as a second user belonging to the group. 如請求項2所記載之支付處理裝置,其中,前記特定手段,係以前記第1位置資訊是表示前記第1終端裝置位於前記設施中達到所定時間以上為條件,而將前記第2使用者加以特定。In the payment processing device recited in claim 2, the aforementioned identifying means identifies the aforementioned second user on the condition that the aforementioned first location information indicates that the aforementioned first terminal device is located in the aforementioned facility for a predetermined period of time or longer. 如請求項2或3所記載之支付處理裝置,其中,前記特定手段,係在前記至少一個終端裝置之中,將前記第1終端裝置位於前記設施外之時的與前記第1終端裝置之間的前記位置關係是呈現所定位置關係的終端裝置的利用使用者之中,特定出前記第2使用者。A payment processing device as recited in claim 2 or 3, wherein the aforementioned specific means is to identify the aforementioned second user among the users of the terminal devices whose aforementioned positional relationship with the aforementioned first terminal device when the aforementioned first terminal device is located outside the aforementioned facility is such that the aforementioned second user exhibits a predetermined positional relationship. 如請求項2所記載之支付處理裝置,其中, 前記所被取得之位置關係資訊係還含有:表示前記第1終端裝置與前記至少一個終端裝置各者之間的無線通訊之狀況的通訊狀況資訊; 前記特定手段,係基於前記通訊狀況資訊,而將前記第1終端裝置與前記至少一個終端裝置各者的前記位置關係,加以特定。 The payment processing device of claim 2, wherein: the acquired location relationship information further includes communication status information indicating the status of wireless communication between the first terminal device and each of the at least one terminal devices; the identifying means identifies the location relationship between the first terminal device and each of the at least one terminal devices based on the communication status information. 如請求項5所記載之支付處理裝置,其中, 前記至少一個終端裝置各者,係以無線發送所定訊號; 前記通訊狀況資訊係表示,將抵達前記第1終端裝置之前記所定訊號予以發送過來的終端裝置; 前記特定手段,係從將抵達前記第1終端裝置之前記所定訊號予以發送過來的前記終端裝置的利用使用者之中,特定出前記第2使用者。 The payment processing device of claim 5, wherein: each of the aforementioned at least one terminal device transmits a predetermined signal wirelessly; the aforementioned communication status information indicates the terminal device from which the predetermined signal was transmitted before reaching the aforementioned first terminal device; the aforementioned identifying means identifies the aforementioned second user from among users of the aforementioned terminal device from which the predetermined signal was transmitted before reaching the aforementioned first terminal device. 如請求項2或5所記載之支付處理裝置,其中, 還具備:匯款履歷資訊取得手段,係用以取得匯款履歷資訊,其係表示可將匯款來源及匯款目標之各個使用者加以識別的匯款履歷,且前記第1使用者係為前記匯款來源及前記匯款目標之其中任一者的匯款履歷; 前記特定手段,係基於前記已被取得之位置關係資訊及前記已被取得之匯款履歷資訊,而將前記第2使用者加以特定。 The payment processing device according to claim 2 or 5, further comprising: remittance history information acquisition means for acquiring remittance history information representing remittance history that can identify each user of a remittance source and a remittance destination, wherein the aforementioned first user is a remittance history of either the aforementioned remittance source or the aforementioned remittance destination; and aforementioned identifying means for identifying the aforementioned second user based on the aforementioned location relationship information and the aforementioned remittance history information. 如請求項7所記載之支付處理裝置,其中, 前記所定位置關係係包含:所定之第1位置關係、和異於前記第1位置關係的所定之第2位置關係; 前記特定手段,係將與前記第1終端裝置之間的位置關係是呈現前記第1位置關係同時也呈現前記第2位置關係的終端裝置的利用使用者,特定成為隸屬於前記團體的前記第2使用者; 前記特定手段,係在與前記第1終端裝置之間的位置關係,是僅呈現前記第1位置關係及前記第2位置關係之其中任一方之終端裝置的利用使用者與前記第1使用者之間存在有匯款之事實的情況下,將該使用者,特定成為隸屬於前記團體的前記第2使用者。 The payment processing device as recited in claim 7, wherein: the aforementioned predetermined location relationship includes: a predetermined first location relationship and a predetermined second location relationship different from the aforementioned first location relationship; the aforementioned identifying means identifies a user of a terminal device whose location relationship with the aforementioned first terminal device exhibits both the aforementioned first location relationship and the aforementioned second location relationship as the aforementioned second user belonging to the aforementioned group; the aforementioned identifying means identifies a user of a terminal device whose location relationship with the aforementioned first terminal device exhibits only either the aforementioned first location relationship or the aforementioned second location relationship as the aforementioned second user belonging to the aforementioned group if there is a fact of money transfer between the user and the aforementioned first user. 如請求項2或3所記載之支付處理裝置,其中, 還具備: 請款對象資訊送訊手段,係用以將表示前記已被特定之第2使用者的請款對象資訊,發送至前記第1終端裝置;和 編輯請款對象資訊取得手段,係隨應於前記第1終端裝置受理了用來編輯藉由前記已被發送之請款對象資訊而被表示之前記第2使用者的操作,而將表示前記編輯後之前記第2使用者的編輯請款對象資訊,加以取得; 前記負擔金額取得手段,係針對藉由前記已被取得之編輯請款對象資訊而被表示之前記第2使用者,而將前記負擔金之金額,加以取得; 前記負擔金額資訊送訊手段,係向藉由前記已被取得之編輯請款對象資訊而被表示之前記第2使用者所利用的前記第2終端裝置,發送前記負擔金額資訊。 The payment processing device as recited in claim 2 or 3, further comprising: payment subject information transmission means for transmitting payment subject information indicating the second user identified in the previous record to the first terminal device in the previous record; and edit payment subject information acquisition means for acquiring edit payment subject information indicating the second user identified in the previous record after the previous record is edited, in response to the first terminal device in the previous record accepting an operation for editing the payment subject information transmitted in the previous record; previous record liability amount acquisition means for acquiring the previous record liability amount for the second user identified in the previous record by the edit payment subject information acquired in the previous record; The pre-recorded liability amount information transmission means transmits the pre-recorded liability amount information to the pre-recorded second terminal device used by the pre-recorded second user indicated by the edited payment target information obtained in the pre-recorded record. 如請求項2或3所記載之支付處理裝置,其中,前記所定位置關係係為,前記第1使用者與前記第2使用者是以前記團體的方式來利用設施時才會看到的位置關係,且為前記第1終端裝置與前記第2終端裝置的位置關係。In the payment processing device recited in claim 2 or 3, the aforementioned location relationship is a location relationship that is visible only to the aforementioned first user and the aforementioned second user when utilizing the facility as a group, and is a location relationship between the aforementioned first terminal device and the aforementioned second terminal device. 如請求項1所記載之支付處理裝置,其中,前記賦予手段,係進一步執行對前記第2使用者賦予贈禮之處理。The payment processing device as recited in claim 1, wherein the aforementioned granting means further performs a process for granting a gift to the aforementioned second user. 如請求項11所記載之支付處理裝置,其中,前記賦予手段,係將前記負擔金之金額所相應之價值的前記贈禮,賦予給前記第2使用者。In the payment processing device recited in claim 11, the pre-credit granting means comprises granting a pre-credit gift having a value corresponding to the amount of the pre-credit contribution to the pre-credit second user. 如請求項1或11所記載之支付處理裝置,其中, 前記所被結帳之費用係為,前記第1使用者利用任一第1設施之際,對前記第1設施而由前記第1使用者所支付的費用; 前記賦予手段,係在異於前記第1設施的設施之中,將可在位於距離前記第1設施所定範圍內之第2設施中做利用的贈禮,賦予給前記第1使用者或前記第2使用者。 The payment processing device recited in claim 1 or 11, wherein: The charges charged are charges paid by the first user for the first facility when the first user utilizes any first facility; The granting means grants the first user or the second user a gift of use at a second facility, other than the first facility, that is within a predetermined distance from the first facility. 如請求項1或11所記載之支付處理裝置,其中, 前記所被結帳之費用係為,前記第1使用者利用任一設施之際,對前記設施而由前記第1使用者所支付的費用; 前記賦予手段,係將可在前記設施中做利用的贈禮,賦予給前記第1使用者或前記第2使用者。 The payment processing device recited in claim 1 or 11, wherein: The charges charged are charges paid by the first user for the facility when the first user utilizes any facility; The granting means grants the first user or the second user a gift for use in the facility. 如請求項1或11所記載之支付處理裝置,其中,前記賦予手段,係將扣除了前記已被取得之負擔金之金額之後的前記費用之金額所相應之價值的前記贈禮,賦予給前記第1使用者。The payment processing device according to claim 1 or 11, wherein the pre-credit granting means is to grant a pre-credit gift to the first user having a value corresponding to the amount of the pre-credit expenses after deducting the amount of the pre-credit already obtained. 如請求項1或11所記載之支付處理裝置,其中, 前記匯款手段係執行,將前記負擔金以所定電子貨幣進行匯款的前記處理; 前記賦予手段,係在前記匯款手段所致之前記匯款,是前記第2使用者所致之前記所定電子貨幣的首次利用的情況下,將前記贈禮賦予給前記第1使用者。 The payment processing device according to claim 1 or 11, wherein: the pre-credit remittance means is a means for performing a pre-credit process to remit the pre-credit liability in a specified electronic currency; the pre-credit granting means is a means for granting a pre-credit gift to the first user if the pre-credit remittance resulting from the pre-credit remittance means is the first use of the specified electronic currency by the second user. 如請求項1或11所記載之支付處理裝置,其中,前記賦予手段,係在前記第1使用者將前記費用予以結帳之結帳處理已被執行,且從前記第2使用者往前記第1使用者將前記負擔金進行匯款之處理是已經藉由前記匯款手段而被執行的情況下,則對前記第1使用者賦予贈禮;在前記結帳處理已被執行,但從前記第2使用者往前記第1使用者將前記負擔金進行匯款之處理並未藉由前記匯款手段而被執行的情況下,則不對前記第1使用者賦予贈禮。In the payment processing device described in claim 1 or 11, if the pre-credit granting means is executed after the pre-credit first user has settled the pre-credit charges and the remittance of the pre-credit balance from the pre-credit second user to the pre-credit first user has been executed using the pre-credit remittance means, then the gift is granted to the pre-credit first user. If the pre-credit settlement has been executed but the remittance of the pre-credit balance from the pre-credit second user to the pre-credit first user has not been executed using the pre-credit remittance means, then the gift is not granted to the pre-credit first user. 如請求項1或2所記載之支付處理裝置,其中, 前記負擔金額取得手段,係將前記第1使用者之負擔金之金額及前記第2使用者之負擔金之金額,分別決定成前記第1使用者之年齡及前記第2使用者之年齡所相應之金額; 前記負擔金額資訊送訊手段,係將表示已被前記負擔金額取得手段針對前記第2使用者所決定之前記負擔金之金額的前記負擔金額資訊,予以發送。 The payment processing device according to claim 1 or 2, wherein: the means for obtaining a pre-credited liability amount determines the amount of the pre-credited first user's liability and the amount of the pre-credited second user's liability as amounts corresponding to the ages of the pre-credited first user and the pre-credited second user, respectively; the means for transmitting pre-credited liability amount information indicates the amount of the pre-credited liability determined by the means for obtaining a pre-credited liability amount for the pre-credited second user. 如請求項1或2所記載之支付處理裝置,其中, 還具備: 第2負擔金額資訊送訊手段,係用以將表示前記已被取得之負擔金之金額的第2負擔金額資訊,發送至前記第1終端裝置;和 變更負擔金額資訊取得手段,係用以隨應於前記第1終端裝置受理了用來變更藉由前記已被發送之第2負擔金額資訊而被表示之前記負擔金之金額的操作,而將表示前記變更後之前記負擔金之金額的變更負擔金額資訊,加以取得; 前記負擔金額資訊送訊手段,係將前記已被取得之變更負擔金額資訊,當作前記負擔金額資訊而予以發送。 The payment processing device according to claim 1 or 2, further comprising: second liability amount information transmitting means for transmitting second liability amount information indicating the amount of the previously acquired liability to the previously acquired first terminal device; and changed liability amount information acquiring means for acquiring changed liability amount information indicating the amount of the previously acquired liability after the previously acquired liability has been changed, in response to the previously acquired first terminal device accepting an operation for changing the amount of the previously acquired liability indicated by the previously acquired second liability amount information; The means for transmitting the previously recorded liability amount information is to transmit the previously recorded modified liability amount information as the previously recorded liability amount information. 如請求項1或2所記載之支付處理裝置,其中, 還具備: 預約資訊取得手段,係用以取得預約資訊,其係表示,前記第1使用者對於為了旅行而可在該旅行中做利用之服務所做的預約;和 判定手段,係用以基於前記已被取得之預約資訊而分別判定:前記第1使用者在前記旅行中是否已藉由前記結帳要求資訊收訊手段而接收到前記結帳要求資訊、與前記旅行是否已結束; 前記負擔金額取得手段,係在已被前記判定手段判定為,在前記旅行中已被接收之前記結帳要求資訊是有複數個的情況下,將隨應於該複數個結帳要求資訊而被結帳的複數個前記費用之金額之合計所相應之前記負擔金之金額,加以取得; 前記負擔金額資訊送訊手段,係在已被前記判定手段判定為前記旅行已結束之後,將表示隨應於前記費用之金額之合計而已被前記負擔金額取得手段所取得之前記負擔金之金額之合計的前記負擔金額資訊,予以發送。 The payment processing device as recited in claim 1 or 2, further comprising: reservation information acquisition means for acquiring reservation information indicating a reservation made by the first user for a service available for use during a trip; and determination means for determining, based on the previously acquired reservation information, whether the first user received the previous settlement request information during the previous trip via the previous settlement request information receiving means, and whether the previous trip has ended; The advance payment amount obtaining means, if the advance payment determination means determines that multiple advance payment settlement request information has been received during the advance payment trip, obtains the advance payment amount corresponding to the total of the multiple advance payment amounts settled in response to the multiple settlement request information. The advance payment amount information transmitting means, after the advance payment determination means determines that the advance payment trip has been completed, transmits advance payment amount information indicating the total of the advance payment amounts obtained by the advance payment amount obtaining means in response to the total of the advance payment amounts. 一種支付處理方法,係為藉由電腦而被執行的支付方法,其特徵為,具備: 結帳要求資訊收訊步驟,係接收結帳要求資訊,其係表示:利用了隸屬於使用者之團體的任一第1使用者所利用之第1終端裝置的結帳,且為要由前記第1使用者來進行支付之費用的結帳之要求;和 負擔金額取得步驟,係在隨應於前記已被接收之結帳要求資訊而被結帳的前記費用之中,將要向隸屬於前記團體的第2使用者,且為異於前記第1使用者的第2使用者進行請款的負擔金之金額,加以取得;和 負擔金額資訊送訊步驟,係將表示前記已被取得之負擔金之金額的負擔金額資訊,發送至前記第2使用者所利用的第2終端裝置;和 匯款要求資訊收訊步驟,係隨應於已經接收了前記所被發送之負擔金額資訊的前記第2終端裝置受理了匯款之操作,而從前記第2終端裝置接收表示匯款之要求的匯款要求資訊;和 匯款步驟,係隨應於前記匯款要求資訊被前記匯款要求資訊收訊步驟所接收,而執行從前記第2使用者往前記第1使用者將前記負擔金進行匯款之處理;和 賦予步驟,係把於前記匯款步驟中從前記第2使用者往前記第1使用者將前記負擔金進行匯款之處理是已被執行的這件事情當作條件,執行對前記第1使用者賦予贈禮之處理。 A payment processing method, executed by a computer, is characterized by comprising: a billing request information receiving step of receiving billing request information indicating a billing request for a charge to be paid by the first user using a first terminal device utilized by a first user belonging to a user group; and a contribution amount obtaining step of obtaining the contribution amount to be charged to a second user belonging to the group, who is different from the first user, from the charges settled in response to the received billing request information; and The step of transmitting the burden amount information, which indicates the amount of the burden acquired, is transmitted to the second terminal device used by the second user mentioned above. The step of receiving the remittance request information is the step of receiving remittance request information indicating a remittance request from the second terminal device mentioned above in response to the second terminal device mentioned above accepting the remittance operation after receiving the burden amount information transmitted above. The remittance step is to execute the process of remitting the aforementioned contribution from the aforementioned second user to the aforementioned first user upon receipt of the aforementioned remittance request information by the aforementioned remittance request information receiving step; and The granting step is to execute the process of granting the gift to the aforementioned first user, conditional upon the execution of the process of remitting the aforementioned contribution from the aforementioned second user to the aforementioned first user in the aforementioned remittance step. 一種支付處理程式,其特徵為,令電腦發揮機能而成為: 結帳要求資訊收訊手段,係用以接收結帳要求資訊,其係表示:利用了隸屬於使用者之團體的任一第1使用者所利用之第1終端裝置的結帳,且為要由前記第1使用者來進行支付之費用的結帳之要求;和 負擔金額取得手段,係用以取得:隨應於前記已被接收之結帳要求資訊而被結帳的前記費用之中,要向隸屬於前記團體的第2使用者且為異於前記第1使用者的第2使用者進行請款的負擔金之金額;和 負擔金額資訊送訊手段,係用以將表示前記已被取得之負擔金之金額的負擔金額資訊,發送至前記第2使用者所利用的第2終端裝置;和 匯款要求資訊收訊手段,係用以隨應於已經接收了前記所被發送之負擔金額資訊的前記第2終端裝置受理了匯款之操作,而從前記第2終端裝置接收表示匯款之要求的匯款要求資訊;和 匯款手段,係用以隨應於前記匯款要求資訊被前記匯款要求資訊收訊手段所接收,而執行從前記第2使用者往前記第1使用者將前記負擔金進行匯款之處理;和 賦予手段,係用以把從前記第2使用者往前記第1使用者將前記負擔金進行匯款之處理是已經藉由前記匯款手段而被執行的這件事情當作條件,執行對前記第1使用者賦予贈禮之處理。 A payment processing program, characterized by causing a computer to function as: Accounting request information receiving means for receiving account information indicating a request for payment of charges to be paid by the first user using a first terminal device utilized by a first user belonging to a user group; and Contribution amount obtaining means for obtaining the amount of a contribution to be charged to a second user belonging to the first user group, who is different from the first user, out of the charges settled in response to the previously received account information; and The liability amount information transmitting means is configured to transmit liability amount information indicating the amount of the liability acquired in the previous record to the second terminal device used by the second user in the previous record; and The remittance request information receiving means is configured to receive remittance request information indicating a remittance request from the second terminal device in response to the second terminal device in response to the second terminal device in response to the previously transmitted liability amount information accepting the remittance operation; and The remittance means is configured to execute a remittance process of the previous liability from the second user in the previous record to the first user in response to the previous remittance request information being received by the previous remittance request information receiving means; and The granting means is used to grant the gift to the first user in the preceding paragraph, conditioned on the fact that the remittance of the previous contribution from the second user in the preceding paragraph to the first user in the preceding paragraph has already been executed through the remittance means in the preceding paragraph.
TW113108222A 2023-05-15 2024-03-06 Payment processing system, payment processing method, and payment processing program TWI891272B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2023080263A JP7612752B2 (en) 2023-05-15 2023-05-15 PAYMENT PROCESSING DEVICE, PAYMENT PROCESSING METHOD, AND PAYMENT PROCESSING PROGRAM
JP2023-080263 2023-05-15

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW202514467A TW202514467A (en) 2025-04-01
TWI891272B true TWI891272B (en) 2025-07-21

Family

ID=93607270

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW113108222A TWI891272B (en) 2023-05-15 2024-03-06 Payment processing system, payment processing method, and payment processing program

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (2) JP7612752B2 (en)
TW (1) TWI891272B (en)

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2020102190A (en) * 2018-12-21 2020-07-02 LINE Pay株式会社 Generation method, program, and information processing device
JP2020107088A (en) * 2018-12-27 2020-07-09 楽天銀行株式会社 Remittance management system, remittance management method, and program
CN112581117A (en) * 2020-12-10 2021-03-30 中国银联股份有限公司 Payment method, collection device, payment device and storage medium
JP2021089680A (en) * 2019-12-05 2021-06-10 LINE Pay株式会社 Program, information processing method, and terminal
TWM636023U (en) * 2022-08-04 2023-01-01 元大商業銀行股份有限公司 Group purchase payment management system
JP2023015366A (en) * 2020-06-30 2023-01-31 Line株式会社 program, information processing method, terminal

Family Cites Families (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP6307638B1 (en) * 2017-01-30 2018-04-04 株式会社三井住友銀行 Method, program, portable terminal device, and storage medium
JP6738387B2 (en) 2018-09-21 2020-08-12 株式会社メルカリ Program, information processing method, and information processing device
JP7448135B2 (en) 2018-10-26 2024-03-12 LINE Pay株式会社 Programs, information processing methods, servers
JP7390128B2 (en) 2019-08-05 2023-12-01 株式会社日本総合研究所 System and program
JP7175877B2 (en) * 2019-12-30 2022-11-21 Line株式会社 program, display method, terminal
JP7178517B1 (en) * 2022-01-25 2022-11-25 Kddi株式会社 Information processing device and information processing method

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2020102190A (en) * 2018-12-21 2020-07-02 LINE Pay株式会社 Generation method, program, and information processing device
JP2020107088A (en) * 2018-12-27 2020-07-09 楽天銀行株式会社 Remittance management system, remittance management method, and program
JP2021089680A (en) * 2019-12-05 2021-06-10 LINE Pay株式会社 Program, information processing method, and terminal
JP2023015366A (en) * 2020-06-30 2023-01-31 Line株式会社 program, information processing method, terminal
CN112581117A (en) * 2020-12-10 2021-03-30 中国银联股份有限公司 Payment method, collection device, payment device and storage medium
TWM636023U (en) * 2022-08-04 2023-01-01 元大商業銀行股份有限公司 Group purchase payment management system

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2025065108A (en) 2025-04-17
JP2024164637A (en) 2024-11-27
TW202514467A (en) 2025-04-01
JP7612752B2 (en) 2025-01-14

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20150248689A1 (en) Systems and methods for providing transportation discounts
US20130046632A1 (en) Point of sale triggering of offers along a projected travel route
KR101886850B1 (en) Rental service system and method to rent a car and pay by providing customer with point and mileage in a tourist sight
US10909483B2 (en) Retail customer management system
JP2018524755A (en) System and method for facilitating refunds
CA2642437A1 (en) Search, transfer, and booking tool for multiple reward programs
CN105684017A (en) Location based merchant credit voucher transactions
JP2012145983A (en) Affiliate management system and affiliate server
US20140136300A1 (en) Authorized transaction incented by merchant donation
JP2023021530A (en) Local revitalization system and method
JP7708903B2 (en) Transportation servers and computer programs
JP2002366672A (en) Hotel order system
TWI891272B (en) Payment processing system, payment processing method, and payment processing program
JP7642281B2 (en) Management
KR101870893B1 (en) System and Method for tax refunding
KR102199663B1 (en) Method And Apparatus for Payment of Electronic Meal Coupon
JP7662058B2 (en) SERVICE MANAGEMENT DEVICE, SERVICE MANAGEMENT METHOD, AND PROGRAM
JP7611313B1 (en) Stamp card management device and stamp card management method
JP7551857B1 (en) Transit facility determination device and transit facility determination method
JP2022137424A (en) Sales promotion system, sales promotion method, and sales promotion program
EP4481669A1 (en) Information processing system, method, device
JP7579037B1 (en) System, information processing method, and program
JP2010182003A (en) System, method and program for point addition
JP2024094981A (en) Information processing system, method, and device
KR20030014661A (en) internet Travels information receive the compensation